Otherwise we risk "leaking" deleted pages by making them non-recyclable
indefinitely. Commit 6655a729 did the same thing for deleted pages in
GiST indexes. That work was used as a starting point here.
Stop storing an XID indicating the oldest bpto.xact across all deleted
though unrecycled pages in nbtree metapages. There is no longer any
reason to care about that condition/the oldest XID. It only ever made
sense when wraparound was something _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() had to
consider.
The btm_oldest_btpo_xact metapage field has been repurposed and renamed.
It is now btm_last_cleanup_num_delpages, which is used to remember how
many non-recycled deleted pages remain from the last VACUUM (in practice
its value is usually the precise number of pages that were _newly
deleted_ during the specific VACUUM operation that last set the field).
The general idea behind storing btm_last_cleanup_num_delpages is to use
it to give _some_ consideration to non-recycled deleted pages inside
_bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() -- though never too much. We only really
need to avoid leaving a truly excessive number of deleted pages in an
unrecycled state forever. We only do this to cover certain narrow cases
where no other factor makes VACUUM do a full scan, and yet the index
continues to grow (and so actually misses out on recycling existing
deleted pages).
These metapage changes result in a clear user-visible benefit: We no
longer trigger full index scans during VACUUM operations solely due to
the presence of only 1 or 2 known deleted (though unrecycled) blocks
from a very large index. All that matters now is keeping the costs and
benefits in balance over time.
Fix an issue that has been around since commit 857f9c36, which added the
"skip full scan of index" mechanism (i.e. the _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup()
logic). The accuracy of btm_last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples accidentally
hinged upon _when_ the source value gets stored. We now always store
btm_last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples in btvacuumcleanup(). This fixes the
issue because IndexVacuumInfo.num_heap_tuples (the source field) is
expected to accurately indicate the state of the table _after_ the
VACUUM completes inside btvacuumcleanup().
A backpatchable fix cannot easily be extracted from this commit. A
targeted fix for the issue will follow in a later commit, though that
won't happen today.
I (pgeoghegan) have chosen to remove any mention of deleted pages in the
documentation of the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC/param, since
the presence of deleted (though unrecycled) pages is no longer of much
concern to users. The vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor description in
the docs now seems rather unclear in any case, and it should probably be
rewritten in the near future. Perhaps some passing mention of page
deletion will be added back at the same time.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC due to nbtree WAL records using full XIDs now.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznpdHvujGUwYZ8sihX=d5u-tRYhi-F4wnV2uN2zHpMUXw@mail.gmail.com
d2d8a229bc introduced a new function generate_useful_gather_paths to
be used as a replacement for generate_gather_paths, but forgot to update
a couple of places that referenced the older function.
This is possibly not 100% complete (ref. create_ordered_paths), but it's
better than not changing anything.
Author: "Hou, Zhijie" <houzj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4ce1d5116fe746a699a6d29858c6a39a@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
Commit 866e24d47d added an assert that HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY and
HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED cannot appear together, on the faulty assumption that
the latter necessarily referred to an update and not a tuple lock; but
that's wrong, because SELECT FOR UPDATE can use precisely that
combination, as evidenced by the amcheck test case added here.
Remove the Assert(), and also patch amcheck's verify_heapam.c to not
complain if the combination is found. Also, out of overabundance of
caution, update (across all branches) README.tuplock to be more explicit
about this.
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mahendra Singh Thalor <mahi6run@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <dilipbalaut@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210124061758.GA11756@nol
gcc 10 is smart enough to notice that control could reach this
"hasmatch[depth]" assignment with depth < 0, but not smart enough
to know that that would require a badly broken NFA graph. Change
the assert() to a plain runtime test to shut it up.
Per report from Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210223173437.b3ywijygsy6q42gq@alap3.anarazel.de
As envisioned in commit c98763bf51, it is possible for VACUUM to
ignore certain transactions that are executing CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY
and REINDEX CONCURRENTLY for the purposes of computing Xmin; that's
because we know those transactions are not going to examine any other
tables, and are not going to execute anything else in the same
transaction. (Only operations on "safe" indexes can be ignored: those
on indexes that are neither partial nor expressional).
This is extremely useful in cases where CIC/RC can run for a very long
time, because that used to be a significant headache for concurrent
vacuuming of other tables.
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210115133858.GA18931@alvherre.pgsql
We don't have anything to decode in a transaction if ReorderBufferTXN
doesn't exist by the time we decode the commit prepared. So don't create a
new ReorderBufferTXN here. This is an oversight in commit a271a1b5.
Reported-by: Markus Wanner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dbec82e2-dbd7-95a2-c6b6-e488cbbdf853@bluegap.ch
The authentication failure error message wasn't distinguishing whether
it is a physical replication or logical replication connection failure and
was giving incomplete information on what led to failure in case of logical
replication connection.
Author: Paul Martinez and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACqFVBYahrAi2OPdJfUA3YCvn3QMzzxZdw0ibSJ8wouWeDtiyQ@mail.gmail.com
Pavan Deolasee recently noted that a few of the
HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions calls added by commit
5db6df0c01 are useless, since they are done after comparing t_self
with t_ctid. But because t_self can never be set to the magical values
that indicate that the tuple moved partition, this can never succeed: if
the first test fails (so we know t_self equals t_ctid), necessarily the
second test will also fail.
So these checks can be removed and no harm is done. There's no bug
here, just a code legibility issue.
Reported-by: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200929164411.GA15497@alvherre.pgsql
The code paths for three different OSes finished up with three different
ways of excluding C[.xxx] and POSIX from consideration. Merge them.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210117215940.GE8560%40telsasoft.com
Instead of an unsightly internal "cache lookup failed" message, just
return NULL for bad OIDs, as is the convention for other similar things.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210117215940.GE8560%40telsasoft.com
Commit 46d6e5f567 added the atomic variable "waitStart" into PGPROC struct,
to store the time at which wait for lock acquisition started. Previously
this variable was initialized every time each backend started. Instead,
this commit makes postmaster initialize it at the startup, to ensure that
the variable should be initialized before any use of it.
This commit also moves the code to initialize "waitStart" variable for
prepare transaction, from TwoPhaseGetDummyProc() to MarkAsPreparingGuts().
Because MarkAsPreparingGuts() is more proper place to do that since
it initializes other PGPROC variables.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1df88660-6f08-cc6e-b7e2-f85296a2bdab@oss.nttdata.com
For the error message "every hash partition modulus must be a factor
of the next larger modulus", add a detail message that shows the
particular numbers and existing partition involved. Also comment the
code more.
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/bb9d60b4-aadb-607a-1a9d-fdc3434dddcd%40enterprisedb.com
This commit changes one code path in REINDEX INDEX and one code path
in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY to report the progress of each operation
using pgstat_progress_update_multi_param() rather than
multiple calls to pgstat_progress_update_param(). This has the
advantage to make the progress report more consistent to the end-user
without impacting the amount of information provided.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACV5zW7GxD8D_tyO==bcj6ZktQchEKWKPBOAGKiLhAQo=w@mail.gmail.com
Coverity complained that functions in regexec.c might leak DFA
storage. It's wrong, but this logic is confusing enough that it's
not so surprising Coverity couldn't make sense of it. Rewrite
in hopes of making it more legible to humans as well as machines.
Previously, each pair of capturing parentheses gave rise to a separate
subre tree node, whose only function was to identify that we ought to
capture the match details for this particular sub-expression. In
most cases we don't really need that, since we can perfectly well
put a "capture this" annotation on the child node that does the real
matching work. As with the two preceding commits, the main value
of this is to avoid generating and optimizing an NFA for a tree node
that's not really pulling its weight.
The chosen data representation only allows one capture annotation
per subre node. In the legal-per-spec, but seemingly not very useful,
case where there are multiple capturing parens around the exact same
bit of the regex (i.e. "((xyz))"), wrap the child node in N-1 capture
nodes that act the same as before. We could work harder at that but
I'll refrain, pending some evidence that such cases are worth troubling
over.
In passing, improve the comments in regex.h to say what all the
different re_info bits mean. Some of them were pretty obvious
but others not so much, so reverse-engineer some documentation.
This is part of a patch series that in total reduces the regex engine's
runtime by about a factor of four on a large corpus of real-world regexes.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead of having left and right child links in subre structs,
have a single child link plus a sibling link. Multiple children
of a tree node are now reached by chasing the sibling chain.
The beneficiary of this is alternation tree nodes. A regular
expression with N (>1) branches is now represented by one alternation
node with N children, rather than a tree that includes N alternation
nodes as well as N children. While the old representation didn't
really cost anything extra at execution time, it was pretty horrid
for compilation purposes, because each of the alternation nodes had
its own NFA, which we were too stupid not to separately optimize.
(To make matters worse, all of those NFAs described the entire
alternation pattern, not just the portion of it that one might
expect from the tree structure.)
We continue to require concatenation nodes to have exactly two
children. This data structure is now prepared to support more,
but the executor's logic would need some careful redesign, and
it's not clear that a lot of benefit could be had.
This is part of a patch series that in total reduces the regex engine's
runtime by about a factor of four on a large corpus of real-world regexes.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
The comment for parsebranch() claims that it avoids generating
unnecessary concatenation nodes in the "subre" tree, but it missed
some significant cases. Once we've decided that a given atom is
"messy" and can't be bundled with the preceding atom(s) of the
current regex branch, parseqatom() always generated two new concat
nodes, one to concat the messy atom to what follows it in the branch,
and an upper node to concatenate the preceding part of the branch
to that one. But one or both of these could be unnecessary, if the
messy atom is the first, last, or only one in the branch. Improve
the code to suppress such useless concat nodes, along with the
no-op child nodes representing empty chunks of a branch.
Reducing the number of subre tree nodes offers significant savings
not only at execution but during compilation, because each subre node
has its own NFA that has to be separately optimized. (Maybe someday
we'll figure out how to share the optimization work across multiple
tree nodes, but it doesn't look easy.) Eliminating upper tree nodes
is especially useful because they tend to have larger NFAs.
This is part of a patch series that in total reduces the regex engine's
runtime by about a factor of four on a large corpus of real-world regexes.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
This builds on the previous "rainbow" patch to detect NFAs that will
match any string, though possibly with constraints on the string length.
This definition is chosen to match constructs such as ".*", ".+", and
".{1,100}". Recognizing such an NFA after the optimization pass is
fairly cheap, since we basically just have to verify that all arcs
are RAINBOW arcs and count the number of steps to the end state.
(Well, there's a bit of complication with pseudo-color arcs for string
boundary conditions, but not much.)
Once we have these markings, the regex executor functions longest(),
shortest(), and matchuntil() don't have to expend per-character work
to determine whether a given substring satisfies such an NFA; they
just need to check its length against the bounds. Since some matching
problems require O(N) invocations of these functions, we've reduced
the runtime for an N-character string from O(N^2) to O(N). Of course,
this is no help for non-matchall sub-patterns, but those usually have
constraints that allow us to avoid needing O(N) substring checks in the
first place. It's precisely the unconstrained "match-all" cases that
cause the most headaches.
This is part of a patch series that in total reduces the regex engine's
runtime by about a factor of four on a large corpus of real-world regexes.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
Some regular expression constructs, most notably the "." match-anything
metacharacter, produce a sheaf of parallel NFA arcs covering all
possible colors (that is, character equivalence classes). We can make
a noticeable improvement in the space and time needed to process large
regexes by replacing such cases with a single arc bearing the special
color code "RAINBOW". This requires only minor additional complication
in places such as pull() and push().
Callers of pg_reg_getoutarcs() must now be prepared for the possibility
of seeing a RAINBOW arc. For the one known user, contrib/pg_trgm,
that's a net benefit since it cuts the number of arcs to be dealt with,
and the handling isn't any different than for other colors that contain
too many characters to be dealt with individually.
This is part of a patch series that in total reduces the regex engine's
runtime by about a factor of four on a large corpus of real-world regexes.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit fixes COMMIT AND CHAIN command so that it starts new transaction
immediately even if savepoints are defined within the transaction to commit.
Previously COMMIT AND CHAIN command did not in that case because
commit 280a408b48 forgot to make CommitTransactionCommand() handle
a transaction chaining when the transaction state was TBLOCK_SUBCOMMIT.
Also this commit adds the regression test for COMMIT AND CHAIN command
when savepoints are defined.
Back-patch to v12 where transaction chaining was added.
Reported-by: Arthur Nascimento
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Arthur Nascimento, Vik Fearing
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16867-3475744069228158@postgresql.org
Consolidate discussion of how VACUUM places pages in the FSM for
recycling by adding a new section that comes after discussion of page
deletion. This structure reflects the fact that page recycling is
explicitly decoupled from page deletion in Lanin & Shasha's paper. Page
recycling in nbtree is an implementation of what the paper calls "the
drain technique".
This decoupling is an important concept for nbtree VACUUM. Searchers
have to detect and recover from concurrent page deletions, but they will
never have to reason about concurrent page recycling. Recycling can
almost always be thought of as a low level garbage collection operation
that asynchronously frees the physical space that backs a logical tree
node. Almost all code need only concern itself with logical tree nodes.
(Note that "logical tree node" is not currently a term of art in the
nbtree code -- this all works implicitly.)
This is preparation for an upcoming patch that teaches nbtree VACUUM to
remember the details of pages that it deletes on the fly, in local
memory. This enables the same VACUUM operation to consider placing its
own deleted pages in the FSM later on, when it reaches the end of
btvacuumscan().
While poking at the regex code, I happened to notice that the bug
squashed in commit afcc8772e had a sibling: next() failed to return
a specific value associated with the '}' token for a "\{m,n\}"
quantifier when parsing in basic RE mode. Again, this could result
in treating the quantifier as non-greedy, which it never should be in
basic mode. For that to happen, the last character before "\}" that
sets "nextvalue" would have to set it to zero, or it'd have to have
accidentally been zero from the start. The failure can be provoked
repeatably with, for example, a bound ending in digit "0".
Like the previous patch, back-patch all the way.
Commit 2c8dd05d6c added the atomic variable writtenUpto into
walreceiver's shared memory information. It's initialized only
when walreceiver started up but could be read via pg_stat_wal_receiver
view anytime, i.e., even before it's initialized. In the server built
with --disable-atomics and --disable-spinlocks, this uninitialized
atomic variable read could cause "invalid spinlock number: 0" error.
This commit changed writtenUpto so that it's initialized at
the postmaster startup, to avoid the uninitialized variable read
via pg_stat_wal_receiver and fix the error.
Also this commit moved the read of writtenUpto after the release
of spinlock protecting walreceiver's shared variables. This is
necessary to prevent new spinlock from being taken by atomic
variable read while holding another spinlock, and to shorten
the spinlock duration. This change leads writtenUpto not to be
consistent with the other walreceiver's shared variables protected
by a spinlock. But this is OK because writtenUpto should not be
used for data integrity checks.
Back-patch to v13 where commit 2c8dd05d6c introduced the bug.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7ef8708c-5b6b-edd3-2cf2-7783f1c7c175@oss.nttdata.com
Add another method to specify CRLs, hashed directory method, for both
server and client side. This offers a means for server or libpq to
load only CRLs that are required to verify a certificate. The CRL
directory is specifed by separate GUC variables or connection options
ssl_crl_dir and sslcrldir, alongside the existing ssl_crl_file and
sslcrl, so both methods can be used at the same time.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200731.173911.904649928639357911.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Discuss VACUUM's linear scan after discussion of tuple deletion by
VACUUM, but before discussion of page deletion by VACUUM. This
progression is a lot more natural.
Also tweak the wording a little. It seems unnecessary to talk about how
it worked prior to PostgreSQL 8.2.
A cross-partition update on a partitioned table is implemented as a
delete followed by an insert. With foreign partitions, this was however
causing issues, because the FDW and core may disagree on when to enable
batching. postgres_fdw was only allowing batching for plain inserts
(CMD_INSERT) while core was trying to batch the insert component of the
cross-partition update. Fix by restricting core to apply batching only
to plain CMD_INSERT queries.
It's possible to allow batching for cross-partition updates, but that
will require more extensive changes, so better to leave that for a
separate patch.
Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Takayuki Tsunakawa
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200628151002.7x5laxwpgvkyiu3q@development
Push some hopefully-uncontroversial bits extracted from an upcoming
patch series, to remove non-relevant clutter from the main patches.
In compact(), return immediately after setting REG_ASSERT error;
continuing the loop would just lead to assertion failure below.
(Ask me how I know.)
In parseqatom(), remove assertion that moresubs() did its job.
When moresubs actually did its job, this is redundant with that
function's final assert; but when it failed on OOM, this is an
assertion crash. We could avoid the crash by adding a NOERR()
check before the assertion, but it seems better to subtract code
than add it. (Note that there's a NOERR exit a few lines further
down, and nothing else between here and there requires moresubs
to have succeeded. So we don't really need an extra error exit.)
This is a live bug in assert-enabled builds, but given the very
low likelihood of OOM in moresub's tiny allocation, I don't think
it's worth back-patching.
On the other hand, it seems worthwhile to add an assertion that
our intended v->subs[subno] target is still null by the time we
are ready to insert into it, since there's a recursion in between.
In pg_regexec, ensure we fflush any debug output on the way out,
and try to make MDEBUG messages more uniform and helpful. (In
particular, ensure that all of them are prefixed with the subre's
id number, so one can match up entry and exit reports.)
Add some test cases in test_regex to improve coverage of lookahead
and lookbehind constraints. Adding these now is mainly to establish
that this is indeed the existing behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
Several information schema views track dependencies between
functions/procedures and objects used by them. These had not been
implemented so far because PostgreSQL doesn't track objects used in a
function body. However, formally, these also show dependencies used
in parameter default expressions, which PostgreSQL does support and
track. So for the sake of completeness, we might as well add these.
If dependency tracking for function bodies is ever implemented, these
views will automatically work correctly.
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ac80fc74-e387-8950-9a31-2560778fc1e3%40enterprisedb.com
Commit 2f2007fbb did this partially, but there were two remaining
warts. checkcondition_gin handled some uncertain cases by setting
the out-of-band recheck flag, some by returning TS_MAYBE, and some
by doing both. Meanwhile, TS_execute arbitrarily converted a
TS_MAYBE result to TS_YES. Thus, if checkcondition_gin chose to
only return TS_MAYBE, the outcome would be TS_YES with no recheck
flag, potentially resulting in wrong query outputs.
The case where this'd happen is if there were GIN_MAYBE entries
in the indexscan results passed to gin_tsquery_[tri]consistent,
which so far as I can see would only happen if the tidbitmap used
to accumulate indexscan results grew large enough to become lossy.
I initially thought of fixing this by ensuring we always set the
recheck flag as well as returning TS_MAYBE in uncertain cases.
But that errs in the other direction, potentially forcing rechecks
of rows that provably match the query (since the recheck flag
remains set even if TS_execute later finds that the answer must be
TS_YES). Instead, let's get rid of the out-of-band recheck flag
altogether and rely on returning TS_MAYBE. This requires exporting
a version of TS_execute that will actually return the full ternary
result of the evaluation ... but we likely should have done that
to start with.
Unfortunately it doesn't seem practical to add a regression test case
that covers this: the amount of data needed to cause the GIN bitmap to
become lossy results in a longer runtime than I think we want to have
in the tests. (I'm wondering about allowing smaller work_mem settings
to ameliorate that, but it'd be a matter for a separate patch.)
Per bug #16865 from Dimitri Nüscheler. Back-patch to v13 where
the faulty commit came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16865-4ffdc3e682e6d75b@postgresql.org
This issue exists from the inception of this code (PG-10) but got exposed
by the recent commit ce0fdbfe97 where we are using origins in tablesync
workers. The problem was that we were sometimes sending the prepare_write
('w') message but then the actual message was not being sent and on the
subscriber side, we always expect a message after prepare_write message
which led to this bug.
I refrained from backpatching this because there is no way in the core
code to hit this prior to commit ce0fdbfe97 and we haven't received any
complaints so far.
Reported-by: Erik Rijkers
Author: Amit Kapila and Vignesh C
Tested-by: Erik Rijkers
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1295168140.139428.1613133237154@webmailclassic.xs4all.nl
Both luckily and unluckily the passed values meant the same for all
types. Luckily because that meant my confusion caused no harm,
unluckily because otherwise the compiler might have warned...
In passing, synchronize parameter names between definition and
declaration.
Reported-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=L=nBoepQdH9b5Qd0nMvepFT2CnT6sjWvvpOXa=K8HVQ@mail.gmail.com
In 955a684e04 we fixed a bug in initial snapshot creation. In the
course of which several members of struct SnapBuild were obsoleted. As
SnapBuild is serialized to disk we couldn't change the memory layout.
Unfortunately I subsequently forgot about removing the backward compat
gunk, but luckily Heikki just reminded me.
This commit bumps SNAPBUILD_VERSION, therefore breaking existing
slots (which is fine in a major release).
Author: Andres Freund
Reminded-By: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c94be044-818f-15e3-1ad3-7a7ae2dfed0a@iki.fi
The inner loop in switchToPresortedPrefixMode() can be implemented
as a conventional integer-counter for() loop, removing a couple of
redundant boolean state variables. The old logic here was a remnant
of earlier development, but as things now stand there's no reason
for extra complexity.
Also, annotate the test case added by 82e0e2930 to explain why it
manages to hit the corner case fixed in that commit, and add an
EXPLAIN to verify that it's creating an incremental-sort plan.
Back-patch to v13, like the previous patch.
James Coleman and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16846-ae49f51ac379a4cb@postgresql.org
If ExecGetInsertedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols() or ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols()
were called with a ResultRelInfo that's not in the range table and isn't a
partition routing target, the functions would dereference a NULL pointer,
relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo. Such ResultRelInfos are created when firing
RI triggers in tables that are not modified directly. None of the current
callers of these functions pass such relations, so this isn't a live bug,
but let's make them more robust.
Also update comment in ResultRelInfo; after commit 6214e2b228,
ri_RangeTableIndex is zero for ResultRelInfos created for partition tuple
routing.
Noted by Coverity. Backpatch down to v11, like commit 6214e2b228.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Amit Langote
This commit adds new column "waitstart" into pg_locks view. This column
reports the time when the server process started waiting for the lock
if the lock is not held. This information is useful, for example, when
examining the amount of time to wait on a lock by subtracting
"waitstart" in pg_locks from the current time, and identify the lock
that the processes are waiting for very long.
This feature uses the current time obtained for the deadlock timeout
timer as "waitstart" (i.e., the time when this process started waiting
for the lock). Since getting the current time newly can cause overhead,
we reuse the already-obtained time to avoid that overhead.
Note that "waitstart" is updated without holding the lock table's
partition lock, to avoid the overhead by additional lock acquisition.
This can cause "waitstart" in pg_locks to become NULL for a very short
period of time after the wait started even though "granted" is false.
This is OK in practice because we can assume that users are likely to
look at "waitstart" when waiting for the lock for a long time.
The first attempt of this patch (commit 3b733fcd04) caused the buildfarm
member "rorqual" (built with --disable-atomics --disable-spinlocks) to report
the failure of the regression test. It was reverted by commit 890d2182a2.
The cause of this failure was that the atomic variable for "waitstart"
in the dummy process entry created at the end of prepare transaction was
not initialized. This second attempt fixes that issue.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a96013dc51cdc56b2a2b84fa8a16a993@oss.nttdata.com
FreeBSD 13 gained O_DSYNC, which would normally cause wal_sync_method to
choose open_datasync as its default value. That may not be a good
choice for all systems, and performs worse than fdatasync in some
scenarios. Let's preserve the existing default behavior for now.
Like commit 576477e73c, which did the same for Linux, back-patch to all
supported releases.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLsAMXBQrCxCXoW-JsUYmdOL8ALYvaX%3DCrHqWxm-nWbGA%40mail.gmail.com
While cleaning up after a parallel query or parallel index creation that
created temporary files, we could be interrupted by a statement timeout.
The error handling path would then fail to clean up the files when it
ran dsm_detach() again, because the callback was already popped off the
list. Prevent this hazard by holding interrupts while the cleanup code
runs.
Thanks to Heikki Linnakangas for this suggestion, and also to Kyotaro
Horiguchi, Masahiko Sawada, Justin Pryzby and Tom Lane for discussion of
this and earlier ideas on how to fix the problem.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191212180506.GR2082@telsasoft.com
With its current design, a careless use of pg_cryptohash_final() could
would result in an out-of-bound write in memory as the size of the
destination buffer to store the result digest is not known to the
cryptohash internals, without the caller knowing about that. This
commit adds a new argument to pg_cryptohash_final() to allow such sanity
checks, and implements such defenses.
The internals of SCRAM for HMAC could be tightened a bit more, but as
everything is based on SCRAM_KEY_LEN with uses particular to this code
there is no need to complicate its interface more than necessary, and
this comes back to the refactoring of HMAC in core. Except that, this
minimizes the uses of the existing DIGEST_LENGTH variables, relying
instead on sizeof() for the result sizes. In ossp-uuid, this also makes
the code more defensive, as it already relied on dce_uuid_t being at
least the size of a MD5 digest.
This is in philosophy similar to cfc40d3 for base64.c and aef8948 for
hex.c.
Reported-by: Ranier Vilela
Author: Michael Paquier, Ranier Vilela
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAoqEGmcff3J4sTSV-R_16Monuz-UpJFbf_dnVH=APr02Q@mail.gmail.com
When REG_DEBUG is defined, ensure that an un-filled "struct cnfa"
is all-zeroes, not just that it has nstates == 0. This is mainly
so that looking at "struct subre" structs in gdb doesn't distract
one with a lot of garbage fields during regex compilation.
Adjust some places that print debug output to have suitable fflush
calls afterwards.
In passing, correct an erroneous ancient comment: the concatenation
subre-s created by parsebranch() have op == '.' not ','.
Noted while fooling around with some regex performance improvements.
Given a regex pattern with a very long fixed prefix (approaching 500
characters), the result of pow(FIXED_CHAR_SEL, fixed_prefix_len) can
underflow to zero. Typically the preceding selectivity calculation
would have underflowed as well, so that we compute 0/0 and get NaN.
In released branches this leads to an assertion failure later on.
That doesn't happen in HEAD, for reasons I've not explored yet,
but it's surely still a bug.
To fix, just skip the division when the pow() result is zero, so
that we'll (most likely) return a zero selectivity estimate. In
the edge cases where "sel" didn't yet underflow, perhaps this
isn't desirable, but I'm not sure that the case is worth spending
a lot of effort on. The results of regex_selectivity_sub() are
barely worth the electrons they're written on anyway :-(
Per report from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6de0a0c3-ada9-cd0c-3e4e-2fa9964b41e3@gmail.com
For the initial table data synchronization in logical replication, we use
a single transaction to copy the entire table and then synchronize the
position in the stream with the main apply worker.
There are multiple downsides of this approach: (a) We have to perform the
entire copy operation again if there is any error (network breakdown,
error in the database operation, etc.) while we synchronize the WAL
position between tablesync worker and apply worker; this will be onerous
especially for large copies, (b) Using a single transaction in the
synchronization-phase (where we can receive WAL from multiple
transactions) will have the risk of exceeding the CID limit, (c) The slot
will hold the WAL till the entire sync is complete because we never commit
till the end.
This patch solves all the above downsides by allowing multiple
transactions during the tablesync phase. The initial copy is done in a
single transaction and after that, we commit each transaction as we
receive. To allow recovery after any error or crash, we use a permanent
slot and origin to track the progress. The slot and origin will be removed
once we finish the synchronization of the table. We also remove slot and
origin of tablesync workers if the user performs DROP SUBSCRIPTION .. or
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION .. REFERESH and some of the table syncs are still not
finished.
The commands ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... REFRESH PUBLICATION and
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... SET PUBLICATION ... with refresh option as true
cannot be executed inside a transaction block because they can now drop
the slots for which we have no provision to rollback.
This will also open up the path for logical replication of 2PC
transactions on the subscriber side. Previously, we can't do that because
of the requirement of maintaining a single transaction in tablesync
workers.
Bump catalog version due to change of state in the catalog
(pg_subscription_rel).
Author: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila, and Takamichi Osumi
Reviewed-by: Ajin Cherian, Petr Jelinek, Hou Zhijie and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KHJxaZS-fod-0fey=0tq3=Gkn4ho=8N4-5HWiCfu0H1A@mail.gmail.com
The pages_removed field is no longer used for anything. It hasn't been
possible for an index to physically shrink since old-style VACUUM FULL
was removed by commit 0a469c87.
Explicitly testing for INT_MIN and INT_MAX isn't particularly good
style; it's tedious and may draw useless compiler warnings on
machines where int and long are the same width. We invented
strtoint() precisely for this usage, so use that instead.
While here, remove gratuitous variations in the way the tests for
did-strtoint-succeed were spelled. Also, avoid attempting to
negate INT_MIN; that would probably work given that the result
is implicitly cast to uint32, but I think it's nominally undefined
behavior.
Per gripe from Ranier Vilela, though this isn't his proposed patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAqge3QfzoBRhe59QrB_5g+NmQUj2QpzqZ9Nc7QepXGAEw@mail.gmail.com
In the wake of c028faf2a, this is no longer needed. I left it
out of that patch since the API change would be undesirable in
a released branch; but there's no reason not to do it in HEAD.
This commit makes more generic some comments and code related to the
compilation with OpenSSL and SSL in general to ease the addition of more
SSL implementations in the future. In libpq, some OpenSSL-only code is
moved under USE_OPENSSL and not USE_SSL.
While on it, make a comment more consistent in libpq-fe.h.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5382CB4A-9CF3-4145-BA46-C802615935E0@yesql.se
For an index, attstattarget can be updated using ALTER INDEX SET
STATISTICS. This data was lost on the new index after REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY.
The update of this field is done when the old and new indexes are
swapped to make the fix back-patchable. Another approach we could look
after in the long-term is to change index_create() to pass the wanted
values of attstattarget when creating the new relation, but, as this
would cause an ABI breakage this can be done only on HEAD.
Reported-by: Ronan Dunklau
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Ronan Dunklau, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16628084.uLZWGnKmhe@laptop-ronand
Backpatch-through: 12
Currently, we get the origin id from the name and then drop the origin by
taking ExclusiveLock on ReplicationOriginRelationId. So, two concurrent
sessions can get the id from the name at the same time and then when they
try to drop the origin, one of the sessions will get the either
"tuple concurrently deleted" or "cache lookup failed for replication
origin ..".
To prevent this race condition we do the entire operation under lock. This
obviates the need for replorigin_drop() API and we have removed it so if
any extension authors are using it they need to instead use
replorigin_drop_by_name. See it's usage in pg_replication_origin_drop().
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Euler Taveira, Petr Jelinek, and Alvaro
Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHut%2BPuW8DWV5fskkMWWMqzt-x7RPcNQOtJQBp6SdwyRghCk7A%40mail.gmail.com
This commit adds new column "waitstart" into pg_locks view. This column
reports the time when the server process started waiting for the lock
if the lock is not held. This information is useful, for example, when
examining the amount of time to wait on a lock by subtracting
"waitstart" in pg_locks from the current time, and identify the lock
that the processes are waiting for very long.
This feature uses the current time obtained for the deadlock timeout
timer as "waitstart" (i.e., the time when this process started waiting
for the lock). Since getting the current time newly can cause overhead,
we reuse the already-obtained time to avoid that overhead.
Note that "waitstart" is updated without holding the lock table's
partition lock, to avoid the overhead by additional lock acquisition.
This can cause "waitstart" in pg_locks to become NULL for a very short
period of time after the wait started even though "granted" is false.
This is OK in practice because we can assume that users are likely to
look at "waitstart" when waiting for the lock for a long time.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a96013dc51cdc56b2a2b84fa8a16a993@oss.nttdata.com
This option controls if toast tables associated with a relation are
vacuumed or not when running a manual VACUUM. It was already possible
to trigger a manual VACUUM on a toast relation without processing its
main relation, but a manual vacuum on a main relation always forced a
vacuum on its toast table. This is useful in scenarios where the level
of bloat or transaction age of the main and toast relations differs a
lot.
This option is an extension of the existing VACOPT_SKIPTOAST that was
used by autovacuum to control if toast relations should be skipped or
not. This internal flag is renamed to VACOPT_PROCESS_TOAST for
consistency with the new option.
A new option switch, called --no-process-toast, is added to vacuumdb.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BA8951E9-1524-48C5-94AF-73B1F0D7857F@amazon.com
scanNSItemForColumn, expandNSItemAttrs, and ExpandSingleTable would
pass the wrong RTE to markVarForSelectPriv when dealing with a join
ParseNamespaceItem: they'd pass the join RTE, when what we need to
mark is the base table that the join column came from. The end
result was to not fill the base table's selectedCols bitmap correctly,
resulting in an understatement of the set of columns that are read
by the query. The executor would still insist on there being at
least one selectable column; but with a correctly crafted query,
a user having SELECT privilege on just one column of a table would
nonetheless be allowed to read all its columns.
To fix, make markRTEForSelectPriv fetch the correct RTE for itself,
ignoring the possibly-mismatched RTE passed by the caller. Later,
we'll get rid of some now-unused RTE arguments, but that risks
API breaks so we won't do it in released branches.
This problem was introduced by commit 9ce77d75c, so back-patch
to v13 where that came in. Thanks to Sven Klemm for reporting
the problem.
Security: CVE-2021-20229
If a cross-partition UPDATE violates a constraint on the target partition,
and the columns in the new partition are in different physical order than
in the parent, the error message can reveal columns that the user does not
have SELECT permission on. A similar bug was fixed earlier in commit
804b6b6db4.
The cause of the bug is that the callers of the
ExecBuildSlotValueDescription() function got confused when constructing
the list of modified columns. If the tuple was routed from a parent, we
converted the tuple to the parent's format, but the list of modified
columns was grabbed directly from the child's RTE entry.
ExecUpdateLockMode() had a similar issue. That lead to confusion on which
columns are key columns, leading to wrong tuple lock being taken on tables
referenced by foreign keys, when a row is updated with INSERT ON CONFLICT
UPDATE. A new isolation test is added for that corner case.
With this patch, the ri_RangeTableIndex field is no longer set for
partitions that don't have an entry in the range table. Previously, it was
set to the RTE entry of the parent relation, but that was confusing.
NOTE: This modifies the ResultRelInfo struct, replacing the
ri_PartitionRoot field with ri_RootResultRelInfo. That's a bit risky to
backpatch, because it breaks any extensions accessing the field. The
change that ri_RangeTableIndex is not set for partitions could potentially
break extensions, too. The ResultRelInfos are visible to FDWs at least,
and this patch required small changes to postgres_fdw. Nevertheless, this
seem like the least bad option. I don't think these fields widely used in
extensions; I don't think there are FDWs out there that uses the FDW
"direct update" API, other than postgres_fdw. If there is, you will get a
compilation error, so hopefully it is caught quickly.
Backpatch to 11, where support for both cross-partition UPDATEs, and unique
indexes on partitioned tables, were added.
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Security: CVE-2021-3393
GlobalVisIsRemovableFullXid() is now GlobalVisCheckRemovableFullXid().
This is consistent with the general convention for FullTransactionId
equivalents of functions that deal with TransactionId values. It now
matches the nearby GlobalVisCheckRemovableXid() function, which performs
the same check for callers that use TransactionId values.
Oversight in commit dc7420c2c9.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzmes12jFNDcVgpU89Vp=r6uLFrE-MT0fjSWGsE70UiNaA@mail.gmail.com
rewriteRuleAction() neglected this step, although it was careful to
propagate other similar flags such as hasSubLinks or hasRowSecurity.
Omitting to transfer hasRecursive is just cosmetic at the moment,
but omitting hasModifyingCTE is a live bug, since the executor
certainly looks at that.
The proposed test case only fails back to v10, but since the executor
examines hasModifyingCTE in 9.x as well, I suspect that a test case
could be devised that fails in older branches. Given the nearness
of the release deadline, though, I'm not going to spend time looking
for a better test.
Report and patch by Greg Nancarrow, cosmetic changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-fAdj=nDKMsRhQzndm-O13NY4dL6xGcEvdX5Xvbbi0V7g@mail.gmail.com
Generally, members of inheritance trees must be plain tables (or,
in more recent versions, foreign tables). ALTER TABLE INHERIT
rejects creating an inheritance relationship that has a view at
either end. When DefineQueryRewrite attempts to convert a relation
to a view, it already had checks prohibiting doing so for partitioning
parents or children as well as traditional-inheritance parents ...
but it neglected to check that a traditional-inheritance child wasn't
being converted. Since the planner assumes that any inheritance
child is a table, this led to making plans that tried to do a physical
scan on a view, causing failures (or even crashes, in recent versions).
One could imagine trying to support such a case by expanding the view
normally, but since the rewriter runs before the planner does
inheritance expansion, it would take some very fundamental refactoring
to make that possible. There are probably a lot of other parts of the
system that don't cope well with such a situation, too. For now,
just forbid it.
Per bug #16856 from Yang Lin. Back-patch to all supported branches.
(In versions before v10, this includes back-patching the portion of
commit 501ed02cf that added has_superclass(). Perhaps the lack of
that infrastructure partially explains the missing check.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16856-0363e05c6e1612fd@postgresql.org
If a multi-byte character is escaped with a backslash in TEXT mode input,
and the encoding is one of the client-only encodings where the bytes after
the first one can have an ASCII byte "embedded" in the char, we didn't
skip the character correctly. After a backslash, we only skipped the first
byte of the next character, so if it was a multi-byte character, we would
try to process its second byte as if it was a separate character. If it
was one of the characters with special meaning, like '\n', '\r', or
another '\\', that would cause trouble.
One such exmple is the byte sequence '\x5ca45c2e666f6f' in Big5 encoding.
That's supposed to be [backslash][two-byte character][.][f][o][o], but
because the second byte of the two-byte character is 0x5c, we incorrectly
treat it as another backslash. And because the next character is a dot, we
parse it as end-of-copy marker, and throw an "end-of-copy marker corrupt"
error.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/a897f84f-8dca-8798-3139-07da5bb38728%40iki.fi
Commit 230230223 taught nodeAgg.c that, when spilling tuples from
memory in an oversized hash aggregation, it only needed to spill
input columns referenced in the node's tlist and quals. Unfortunately,
that's wrong: we also have to save the grouping columns. The error
is masked in common cases because the grouping columns also appear
in the tlist, but that's not necessarily true. The main category
of plans where it's not true seem to come from semijoins ("WHERE
outercol IN (SELECT innercol FROM innertable)") where the innercol
needs an implicit promotion to make it comparable to the outercol.
The grouping column will be "innercol::promotedtype", but that
expression appears nowhere in the Agg node's own tlist and quals;
only the bare "innercol" is found in the tlist.
I spent quite a bit of time looking for a suitable regression test
case for this, without much success. If the number of distinct
values of the innercol is large enough to make spilling happen,
the planner tends to prefer a non-HashAgg plan, at least for
problem sizes that are reasonable to use in the regression tests.
So, no new regression test. However, this patch does demonstrably
fix the originally-reported test case.
Per report from s.p.e (at) gmx-topmail.de. Backpatch to v13
where the troublesome code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/trinity-1c565d44-159f-488b-a518-caf13883134f-1611835701633@3c-app-gmx-bap78
switchToPresortedPrefixMode() did the wrong thing if it detected
a batch boundary just at the last tuple of a fullsort group.
The initially-reported symptom was a "retrieved too many tuples in a
bounded sort" error, but the test case added here just silently gives
the wrong answer without this patch.
I (tgl) am not really happy about committing this patch without review
from the incremental-sort authors, but they seem AWOL and we are hard
against a release deadline. This does demonstrably make some cases
better, anyway.
Per bug #16846 from Yoran Heling. Back-patch to v13 where incremental
sort was introduced.
Neil Chen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16846-ae49f51ac379a4cb@postgresql.org
Add some additional defensive checks in the second phase of index
deletion to detect and report index corruption during VACUUM, and to
avoid having VACUUM become stuck in more cases. The code is still not
robust in the presence of a circular chain of sibling links, though it's
not clear whether that really matters. This is follow-up work to commit
3a01f68e.
The new defensive checks rely on the assumption that there can be no
more than one VACUUM operation running for an index at any given time.
Remove an old comment suggesting that multiple concurrent VACUUMs need
to be considered here. This concern now seems highly unlikely to have
any real validity, since we clearly rely on the same assumption in
several other places. For example, there are much more recent comments
that appear in the same function (added by commit efada2b8e9) that make
the same assumption.
Also add a CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() to the relevant code path. Contrary
to comments added by commit 3a01f68e, it is actually possible to handle
interrupts here, at least in the common case where processing takes
place at the leaf level. We only hold a pin on leafbuf/target page when
stepping right at the leaf level.
No backpatch due to the lack of complaints following hardening added to
the same area by commit 3a01f68e.
The # of bytes processed was accumulated slightly incorrectly. After
loading more data to the input buffer, we added the number of bytes in
the buffer to the sum. But in case of multi-byte characters or escapes,
there can be a few unprocessed bytes left over from previous load in the
buffer. Those bytes got counted twice.
In the error messages referring to the user right "Lock pages in
memory", this is a term from the Windows OS, so it should be
translated in accordance with the OS localization. Refactor the error
messages so this is easier and clearer. Also fix the capitalization
to match the existing capitalization in the OS.
This patch adds the possibility to move indexes to a new tablespace
while rebuilding them. Both the concurrent and the non-concurrent cases
are supported, and the following set of restrictions apply:
- When using TABLESPACE with a REINDEX command that targets a
partitioned table or index, all the indexes of the leaf partitions are
moved to the new tablespace. The tablespace references of the non-leaf,
partitioned tables in pg_class.reltablespace are not changed. This
requires an extra ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE.
- Any index on a toast table rebuilt as part of a parent table is kept
in its original tablespace.
- The operation is forbidden on system catalogs, including trying to
directly move a toast relation with REINDEX. This results in an error
if doing REINDEX on a single object. REINDEX SCHEMA, DATABASE and
SYSTEM skip system relations when TABLESPACE is used.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
If a portal is used to run a prepared CALL or DO statement that
contains a ROLLBACK, PortalRunMulti fails because the portal's
statement list gets cleared by the rollback. (Since the grammar
doesn't allow CALL/DO in PREPARE, the only easy way to get to this is
via extended query protocol, which treats all inputs as prepared
statements.) It's difficult to avoid resetting the portal early
because of resource-management issues, so work around this by teaching
PortalRunMulti to be wary of portal->stmts having suddenly become NIL.
The crash has only been seen to occur in v13 and HEAD (as a
consequence of commit 1cff1b95a having added an extra touch of
portal->stmts). But even before that, the code involved touching a
List that the portal no longer has any claim on. In the test case at
hand, the List will still exist because of another refcount on the
cached plan; but I'm far from convinced that it's impossible for the
cached plan to have been dropped by the time control gets back to
PortalRunMulti. Hence, backpatch to v11 where nested transactions
were added.
Thomas Munro and Tom Lane, per bug #16811 from James Inform
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16811-c1b599b2c6c2d622@postgresql.org
Now that commit 62f34097c attached BKI_LOOKUP annotation to all the
namespace and role OID columns in the catalogs, there's no real reason
to have the magic PGNSP and PGUID symbols. Get rid of them in favor
of implementing those lookups according to genbki.pl's normal pattern.
This means that in the catalog headers, BKI_DEFAULT(PGNSP) becomes
BKI_DEFAULT(pg_catalog), which seems a lot more transparent.
BKI_DEFAULT(PGUID) becomes BKI_DEFAULT(POSTGRES), which is perhaps
less so; but you can look into pg_authid.dat to discover that
POSTGRES is the nonce name for the bootstrap superuser.
This change also means that if we ever need cross-references in the
initial catalog data to any of the other built-in roles besides
POSTGRES, or to some other built-in schema besides pg_catalog,
we can just do it.
No catversion bump here, as there's no actual change in the contents
of postgres.bki.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3240355.1612129197@sss.pgh.pa.us
This follows in the spirit of commit dfb75e478, which created primary
key and uniqueness constraints to improve the visibility of constraints
imposed on the system catalogs. While our catalogs contain many
foreign-key-like relationships, they don't quite follow SQL semantics,
in that the convention for an omitted reference is to write zero not
NULL. Plus, we have some cases in which there are arrays each of whose
elements is supposed to be an FK reference; SQL has no way to model that.
So we can't create actual foreign key constraints to describe the
situation. Nonetheless, we can collect and use knowledge about these
relationships.
This patch therefore adds annotations to the catalog header files to
declare foreign-key relationships. (The BKI_LOOKUP annotations cover
simple cases, but we weren't previously distinguishing which such
columns are allowed to contain zeroes; we also need new markings for
multi-column FK references.) Then, Catalog.pm and genbki.pl are
taught to collect this information into a table in a new generated
header "system_fk_info.h". The only user of that at the moment is
a new SQL function pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys(), which exposes the
table to SQL. The oidjoins regression test is rewritten to use
pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys() to find out which columns to check.
Aside from removing the need for manual maintenance of that test
script, this allows it to cover numerous relationships that were not
checked by the old implementation based on findoidjoins. (As of this
commit, 217 relationships are checked by the test, versus 181 before.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3240355.1612129197@sss.pgh.pa.us
The prototype calls the second argument of
pgstat_progress_update_multi_param() "index", and some callers name
their local variable that way. But when the surrounding code deals
with index relations, this is confusing, and in at least one case
shadowed another variable that is referring to an index relation.
Adjust those call sites to have clearer local variable naming, similar
to existing callers in indexcmds.c.
It turns out that the calculation of [Merge]AppendPath.partitioned_rels
in allpaths.c is faulty and sometimes omits relevant non-leaf partitions,
allowing an assertion added by commit a929e17e5a to trigger. Rather
than fix that, it seems better to get rid of those fields altogether.
We don't really need the info until create_plan time, and calculating
it once for the selected plan should be cheaper than calculating it
for each append path we consider.
The preceding two commits did away with all use of the partitioned_rels
values; this commit just mechanically removes the fields and the code
that calculated them.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sg8tqhsl.fsf@aurora.ydns.eu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5gCXDSmFs2c=R+VGgn7FiYcLCsEFEuDNNLGfoha=pBE_g@mail.gmail.com
It turns out that the calculation of [Merge]AppendPath.partitioned_rels
in allpaths.c is faulty and sometimes omits relevant non-leaf partitions,
allowing an assertion added by commit a929e17e5a to trigger. Rather
than fix that, it seems better to get rid of those fields altogether.
We don't really need the info until create_plan time, and calculating
it once for the selected plan should be cheaper than calculating it
for each append path we consider.
This patch undoes a couple of very minor uses of the partitioned_rels
values.
createplan.c was testing for nil-ness to optimize away the preparatory
work for make_partition_pruneinfo(). That is worth doing if the check
is nigh free, but it's not worth going to any great lengths to avoid.
create_append_path() was testing for nil-ness as part of deciding how
to set up ParamPathInfo for an AppendPath. I replaced that with a
check for the appendrel's parent rel being partitioned. That's not
quite the same thing but should cover most cases. If we note any
interesting loss of optimizations, we can dumb this down to just
always use the more expensive method when the parent is a baserel.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sg8tqhsl.fsf@aurora.ydns.eu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5gCXDSmFs2c=R+VGgn7FiYcLCsEFEuDNNLGfoha=pBE_g@mail.gmail.com
It turns out that the calculation of [Merge]AppendPath.partitioned_rels
in allpaths.c is faulty and sometimes omits relevant non-leaf partitions,
allowing an assertion added by commit a929e17e5a to trigger. Rather
than fix that, it seems better to get rid of those fields altogether.
We don't really need the info until create_plan time, and calculating
it once for the selected plan should be cheaper than calculating it
for each append path we consider.
As a first step, teach make_partition_pruneinfo to collect the relevant
partitioned tables for itself. It's not hard to do so by traversing
from child tables up to parents using the AppendRelInfo links.
While here, make some minor stylistic improvements; mainly, don't use
the "Relids" alias for bitmapsets that are not identities of any
relation considered by the planner. Try to document the logic better,
too.
No backpatch, as there does not seem to be a live problem before
a929e17e5a. Also no new regression test; the code where the bug
was will be gone at the end of this patch series, so it seems a
bit pointless to memorialize the issue.
Tom Lane and David Rowley, per reports from Andreas Seltenreich
and Jaime Casanova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sg8tqhsl.fsf@aurora.ydns.eu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5gCXDSmFs2c=R+VGgn7FiYcLCsEFEuDNNLGfoha=pBE_g@mail.gmail.com
This adds the SQL standard feature that adds the SEARCH and CYCLE
clauses to recursive queries to be able to do produce breadth- or
depth-first search orders and detect cycles. These clauses can be
rewritten into queries using existing syntax, and that is what this
patch does in the rewriter.
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/db80ceee-6f97-9b4a-8ee8-3ba0c58e5be2@2ndquadrant.com
This is a replacement for the existing --with-openssl, extending the
logic to make easier the addition of new SSL libraries. The grammar is
chosen to be similar to --with-uuid, where multiple values can be
chosen, with "openssl" as the only supported value for now.
The original switch, --with-openssl, is kept for compatibility.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAB21FC8-0F62-434F-AA78-6BD9336D630A@yesql.se
On machines where sizeof(Datum) > sizeof(Oid) (that is, any 64-bit
platform), the previous coding would compute a misaligned
workspace->index pointer if nupper is odd. Architectures where
misaligned access is a hard no-no would then fail. This appears
to explain why thorntail is unhappy but other buildfarm members
are not.
The latestRemovedXid values used by nbtree deletion operations are
determined by _bt_delitems_delete()'s caller, so there is no reason to
pass a separate heapRel argument.
Oversight in commit d168b66682.
When to_tsquery() or websearch_to_tsquery() meet a complex morph containing
multiple words residing adjacent position, these words are connected
with OP_AND operator. That leads to surprising results. For instace,
both websearch_to_tsquery('"pg_class pg"') and to_tsquery('pg_class <-> pg')
produce '( pg & class ) <-> pg' tsquery. This tsquery requires
'pg' and 'class' words to reside on the same position and doesn't match
to to_tsvector('pg_class pg'). It appears to be ridiculous behavior, which
needs to be fixed.
This commit makes to_tsquery() or websearch_to_tsquery() connect words
residing adjacent position with OP_PHRASE. Therefore, now those words are
normally chained with other OP_PHRASE operator. The examples of above now
produces 'pg <-> class <-> pg' tsquery, which matches to
to_tsvector('pg_class pg').
Another effect of this commit is that complex morph word positions now need to
match the tsvector even if there is no surrounding OP_PHRASE. This behavior
change generally looks like an improvement but making this commit not
backpatchable.
Reported-by: Barry Pederson
Bug: #16592
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16592-70b110ff9731c07d@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdv0EzVhf6CWfB1_TTZqXV_2Sn-jSY3zSd7ePH%3D-%2B1V2DQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Neil Chen
For those system catalogs that have a unique indexes, make a primary
key and unique constraint, using ALTER TABLE ... PRIMARY KEY/UNIQUE
USING INDEX.
This can be helpful for GUI tools that look for a primary key, and it
might in the future allow declaring foreign keys, for making schema
diagrams.
The constraint creation statements are automatically created by
genbki.pl from DECLARE_UNIQUE_INDEX directives. To specify which one
of the available unique indexes is the primary key, use the new
directive DECLARE_UNIQUE_INDEX_PKEY instead. By convention, we
usually make a catalog's OID column its primary key, if it has one.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/dc5f44d9-5ec1-a596-0251-dadadcdede98@2ndquadrant.com
The SQL standard allows a GRANTED BY clause on GRANT and
REVOKE (privilege) statements that can specify CURRENT_USER or
CURRENT_ROLE. In PostgreSQL, both of these are the default behavior.
Since we already have all the parsing support for this for the
GRANT (role) statement, we might as well add basic support for this
for the privilege variant as well. This allows us to check off SQL
feature T332. In the future, perhaps more interesting things could be
done with this, too.
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9@2ndquadrant.com
Given a permanent relation rewritten in the current transaction, the
old_snapshot_threshold mechanism assumed the relation had never been
subject to early pruning. Hence, a query could fail to report "snapshot
too old" when the rewrite followed an early truncation. ALTER TABLE SET
TABLESPACE is probably the only rewrite mechanism capable of exposing
this bug. REINDEX sets indcheckxmin, avoiding the problem. CLUSTER has
zeroed page LSNs since before old_snapshot_threshold existed, so
old_snapshot_threshold has never cooperated with it. ALTER TABLE
... SET DATA TYPE makes the table look empty to every past snapshot,
which is strictly worse. Back-patch to v13, where commit
c6b92041d3 broke this.
Kyotaro Horiguchi and Noah Misch
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210113.160705.2225256954956139776.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
CREATE PUBLICATION has failed spuriously when applied to a permanent
relation created or rewritten in the current transaction. Make the same
change to another site having the same semantic intent; the second
instance has no user-visible consequences. Back-patch to v13, where
commit c6b92041d3 broke this.
Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210113.160705.2225256954956139776.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
In a cluster having used CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY while having enabled
prepared transactions, queries that use the resulting index can silently
fail to find rows. Fix this for future CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY by
making it wait for prepared transactions like it waits for ordinary
transactions. This expands the VirtualTransactionId structure domain to
admit prepared transactions. It may be necessary to reindex to recover
from past occurrences. Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Andrey Borodin, reviewed (in earlier versions) by Tom Lane and Michael
Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2E712143-97F7-4890-B470-4A35142ABC82@yandex-team.ru
4c9c359, that introduced those two functions, has been overoptimistic on
the point that only ShareUpdateExclusiveLock would be required when
moving a relation to a new tablespace. AccessExclusiveLock is a
requirement, but ShareUpdateExclusiveLock may be used under specific
conditions like REINDEX CONCURRENTLY where waits on past transactions
make the operation safe even with a lower-level lock. The current code
does only the former, so update the existing comments to reflect that.
Once a REINDEX (TABLESPACE) is introduced, those comments would require
an extra refresh to mention their new use case.
While on it, fix an incorrect variable name.
Per discussion with Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210127140741.GA14174@alvherre.pgsql
pg_standby was useful more than a decade ago, but now it is obsolete.
It has been proposed that we retire it many times. Now seems like a
good time to finally do it, because "waiting restore commands"
are incompatible with a proposed recovery prefetching feature.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201029024412.GP5380%40telsasoft.com
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Per buildfarm and local experimentation, bleeding-edge gcc isn't
convinced that the MemSet in reorder_function_arguments() is safe.
Shut it up by adding an explicit check that pronargs isn't negative,
and by changing MemSet to memset. (It appears that either change is
enough to quiet the warning at -O2, but let's do both to be sure.)
In trying to protect the user from inconsistent behavior, commit
487e9861d0 "Enable BEFORE row-level triggers for partitioned tables"
tried to prevent BEFORE UPDATE FOR EACH ROW triggers from moving the row
from one partition to another. However, it turns out that the
restriction is wrong in two ways: first, it fails spuriously, preventing
valid situations from working, as in bug #16794; and second, they don't
protect from any misbehavior, because tuple routing would cope anyway.
Fix by removing that restriction.
We keep the same restriction on BEFORE INSERT FOR EACH ROW triggers,
though. It is valid and useful there. In the future we could remove it
by having tuple reroute work for inserts as it does for updates.
Backpatch to 13.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Phillip Menke <pg@pmenke.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16794-350a655580fbb9ae@postgresql.org
perform_pruning_combine_step() was not taught about the number of
partition indexes used in hash partitioning; more embarrassingly,
get_matching_hash_bounds() also had it wrong. These errors are masked
in the common case where all the partitions have the same modulus
and no partition is missing. However, with missing or unequal-size
partitions, we could erroneously prune some partitions that need
to be scanned, leading to silently wrong query answers.
While a minimal-footprint fix for this could be to export
get_partition_bound_num_indexes and make the incorrect functions use it,
I'm of the opinion that that function should never have existed in the
first place. It's not reasonable data structure design that
PartitionBoundInfoData lacks any explicit record of the length of
its indexes[] array. Perhaps that was all right when it could always
be assumed equal to ndatums, but something should have been done about
it as soon as that stopped being true. Putting in an explicit
"nindexes" field makes both partition_bounds_equal() and
partition_bounds_copy() simpler, safer, and faster than before,
and removes explicit knowledge of the number-of-partition-indexes
rules from some other places too.
This change also makes get_hash_partition_greatest_modulus obsolete.
I left that in place in case any external code uses it, but no core
code does anymore.
Per bug #16840 from Michał Albrycht. Back-patch to v11 where the
hash partitioning code came in. (In the back branches, add the new
field at the end of PartitionBoundInfoData to minimize ABI risks.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16840-571a22976f829ad4@postgresql.org
Conversions between EUC_TW and Big5 were previously implemented by
converting the whole input to MIC first, and then from MIC to the target
encoding. Implement functions to convert directly between the two.
The reason to do this now is that I'm working on a patch that will change
the conversion function signature so that if the input is invalid, we
convert as much as we can and return the number of bytes successfully
converted. That's not possible if we use an intermediary format, because
if an error happens in the intermediary -> final conversion, we lose track
of the location of the invalid character in the original input. Avoiding
the intermediate step makes the conversions faster, too.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/b9e3167f-f84b-7aa4-5738-be578a4db924%40iki.fi
This makes pg_verify_mbstr() function faster, by allowing more efficient
encoding-specific implementations. All the implementations included in
this commit are pretty naive, they just call the same encoding-specific
verifychar functions that were used previously, but that already gives a
performance boost because the tight character-at-a-time loop is simpler.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/e7861509-3960-538a-9025-b75a61188e01@iki.fi
When building aggregate expression steps, strict checks need a bailout
jump for when a null value is encountered, so there is a list of steps
that require later adjustment. Adding entries to that list for steps
that aren't actually strict would be harmless, except that there is an
Assert which catches them. This leads to spurious errors on asserts
builds, for data sets that trigger parallel aggregation of an
aggregate with a non-strict deserialization function (no such
aggregates exist in the core system).
Repair by not adding the adjustment entry when it's not needed.
Backpatch back to 11 where the code was introduced.
Per a report from Darafei (Komzpa) of the PostGIS project; analysis
and patch by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87mty7peb3.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
The same code pattern was repeated four times when compiling a SHA-2
hash. This refactoring has the advantage to issue a compilation warning
if a new value is added to pg_cryptohash_type, so as anybody doing an
addition in this area would need to consider if support for a new SQL
function is needed or not.
Author: Sehrope Sarkuni, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YA7DvLRn2xnTgsMc@paquier.xyz
When commit f425b605 introduced cost based vacuum delays back in 2004,
the defaults reflected then-current trends in hardware, as well as
certain historical limitations in PostgreSQL. There have been enormous
improvements in both areas since that time. The cost limit GUC defaults
finally became much more representative of current trends following
commit cbccac37, which decreased autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay's default
by 10x for PostgreSQL 12 (it went from 20ms to only 2ms).
The relative costs have shifted too. This should also be accounted for
by the defaults. More specifically, the relative importance of avoiding
dirtying pages within VACUUM has greatly increased, primarily due to
main memory capacity scaling and trends in flash storage. Within
Postgres itself, improvements like sequential access during index
vacuuming (at least in nbtree and GiST indexes) have also been
contributing factors.
To reflect all this, decrease the default of vacuum_cost_page_miss to 2.
Since the default of vacuum_cost_page_dirty remains 20, dirtying a page
is now considered 10x "costlier" than a page miss by default.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmLPFnkWT8xMjmcsm7YS3+_Qi3iRWAb2+_Bc8UhVyHfuA@mail.gmail.com
Since the CLOG page number is not recorded directly in the checkpoint
record, we have to use ShmemVariableCache->nextXid to figure out the
latest CLOG page number at the start of recovery. However, as recovery
progresses, replay of CLOG/EXTEND records will update our notion of
the latest page number, and we should rely on that being accurate
rather than recomputing the value based on an updated notion of
nextXid. ShmemVariableCache->nextXid is only an approximation
during recovery anyway, whereas CLOG/EXTEND records are an
authoritative representation of how the SLRU has been updated.
Commit 0fcc2decd4 makes this
simplification possible, as before that change clog_redo() might
have injected a bogus value here, and we'd want to get rid of
that before entering normal running.
Patch by me, reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZYig9+AQodhF5sRXuKkJ=RgFDugLr3XX_dz_F-p=TwTg@mail.gmail.com
The comment is no longer accurate, and hasn't been entirely accurate
since Hot Standby was introduced. The original idea here was that
StartupCLOG() wouldn't be called until the end of recovery and
therefore this value would be uninitialized when this code is reached,
but Hot Standby made that true only when hot_standby=off, and commit
1f113abdf8 means that this value is now
always initialized before replay even starts.
The original purpose of this code was to bypass the sanity check
in SimpleLruTruncate(), which will no longer occur: now, if something
is wrong, that sanity check might trip during recovery. That's
probably a good thing, because in the current code base
latest_page_number should always be initialized and therefore we
expect that the sanity check should pass. If it doesn't, something
has gone wrong, and complaining about it is appropriate.
Patch by me, reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZYig9+AQodhF5sRXuKkJ=RgFDugLr3XX_dz_F-p=TwTg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the hot_standby=off code path did this at end of recovery,
while the hot_standby=on code path did it at the beginning of recovery.
It's better to do this in only one place because (a) it's simpler,
(b) StartupCLOG() is trivial so trying to postpone the work isn't
useful, and (c) this will make it possible to simplify some other
logic.
Patch by me, reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZYig9+AQodhF5sRXuKkJ=RgFDugLr3XX_dz_F-p=TwTg@mail.gmail.com
Avoid calling heap_index_delete_tuples() with an empty deltids array to
avoid an assertion failure.
This issue was arguably an oversight in commit b5f58cf2, though the
failing assert itself was added by my recent commit d168b666. No
backpatch, though, since the oversight is harmless in the back branches.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reported-By: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5jscES84n3puE=sYngyF+zpb4wv8UMtuLnLPv5z=6yyNw@mail.gmail.com
Two code paths of tablecmds.c (for relations with storage and without
storage) use the same logic to check if the move of a relation to a
new tablespace is allowed or not and to update pg_class.reltablespace
and pg_class.relfilenode.
A potential TABLESPACE clause for REINDEX, CLUSTER and VACUUM FULL needs
similar checks to make sure that nothing is moved around in illegal ways
(no mapped relations, shared relations only in pg_global, no move of
temp tables owned by other backends).
This reorganizes the existing code of ALTER TABLE so as all this logic
is controlled by two new routines that can be reused for the other
commands able to move relations across tablespaces, limiting the number
of code paths in need of the same protections. This also removes some
code that was duplicated for tables with and without storage for ALTER
TABLE.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YA+9mAMWYLXJMVPL@paquier.xyz
SPI_execute_with_receiver and SPI_cursor_parse_open_with_paramlist are
new in v14 (cf. commit 2f48ede08). Before they can get out the door,
let's change their APIs to follow the practice recently established by
SPI_prepare_extended etc: shove all optional arguments into a struct
that callers are supposed to pre-zero. The hope is to allow future
addition of more options without either API breakage or a continuing
proliferation of new SPI entry points. With that in mind, choose
slightly more generic names for them: SPI_execute_extended and
SPI_cursor_parse_open respectively.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRCLPdDAETvR7Po7gC5y_ibkn_-bOzbeJb39WHms01194Q@mail.gmail.com
This patch essentially is cleaning up technical debt left behind
by the original implementation of plpgsql procedures, particularly
commit d92bc83c4. That patch (or more precisely, follow-on patches
fixing its worst bugs) forced us to re-plan CALL and DO statements
each time through, if we're in a non-atomic context. That wasn't
for any fundamental reason, but just because use of a saved plan
requires having a ResourceOwner to hold a reference count for the
plan, and we had no suitable resowner at hand, nor would the
available APIs support using one if we did. While it's not that
expensive to create a "plan" for CALL/DO, the cycles do add up
in repeated executions.
This patch therefore makes the following API changes:
* GetCachedPlan/ReleaseCachedPlan are modified to let the caller
specify which resowner to use to pin the plan, rather than forcing
use of CurrentResourceOwner.
* spi.c gains a "SPI_execute_plan_extended" entry point that lets
callers say which resowner to use to pin the plan. This borrows the
idea of an options struct from the recently added SPI_prepare_extended,
hopefully allowing future options to be added without more API breaks.
This supersedes SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist (which I've marked
deprecated) as well as SPI_execute_plan_with_receiver (which is new
in v14, so I just took it out altogether).
* I also took the opportunity to remove the crude hack of letting
plpgsql reach into SPI private data structures to mark SPI plans as
"no_snapshot". It's better to treat that as an option of
SPI_prepare_extended.
Now, when running a non-atomic procedure or DO block that contains
any CALL or DO commands, plpgsql creates a ResourceOwner that
will be used to pin the plans of the CALL/DO commands. (In an
atomic context, we just use CurrentResourceOwner, as before.)
Having done this, we can just save CALL/DO plans normally,
whether or not they are used across transaction boundaries.
This seems to be good for something like 2X speedup of a CALL
of a trivial procedure with a few simple argument expressions.
By restricting the creation of an extra ResourceOwner like this,
there's essentially zero penalty in cases that can't benefit.
Pavel Stehule, with some further hacking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRCLPdDAETvR7Po7gC5y_ibkn_-bOzbeJb39WHms01194Q@mail.gmail.com
Up until now, we've held this lock when performing a checkpoint or
restartpoint, but commit 076a055acf back
in 2004 and commit 7e48b77b1c from 2009,
taken together, have removed all need for this. In the present code,
there's only ever one process entitled to attempt a checkpoint: either
the checkpointer, during normal operation, or the postmaster, during
single-user operation. So, we don't need the lock.
One possible concern in making this change is that it means that
a substantial amount of code where HOLD_INTERRUPTS() was previously
in effect due to the preceding LWLockAcquire() will now be
running without that. This could mean that ProcessInterrupts()
gets called in places from which it didn't before. However, this
seems unlikely to do very much, because the checkpointer doesn't
have any signal mapped to die(), so it's not clear how,
for example, ProcDiePending = true could happen in the first
place. Similarly with ClientConnectionLost and recovery conflicts.
Also, if there are any such problems, we might want to fix them
rather than reverting this, since running lots of code with
interrupt handling suspended is generally bad.
Patch by me, per an inquiry by Amul Sul. Review by Tom Lane
and Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97XnBBfYeSREDJorFsyoD1sHgqnNuCi=02mNQBUMnA=FA@mail.gmail.com
Both heapgettup() and heapgettup_pagemode() incorrectly set the first page
to scan in a backward scan in which the number of pages to scan was
specified by heap_setscanlimits(). The code incorrectly started the scan
at the end of the relation when startBlk was 0, or otherwise at
startBlk - 1, neither of which is correct when only scanning a subset of
pages.
The fix here checks if heap_setscanlimits() has changed the number of
pages to scan and if so we set the first page to scan as the final page in
the specified range during backward scans.
Proper adjustment of this code was forgotten when heap_setscanlimits() was
added in 7516f5259 back in 9.5. However, practice, nowhere in core code
performs backward scans after having used heap_setscanlimits(), yet, it is
possible an extension uses the heap functions in this way, hence
backpatch.
An upcoming patch does use heap_setscanlimits() with backward scans, so
this must be fixed before that can go in.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpGc9h0_oVD2CtgBcxCS1N-qDYZSeBRnUh+0CWJA9cMaA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5, all supported versions
Commit 69bd60672 fixed the initialization of streamed transactions for
RelationSyncEntry. It forgot to initialize the publication actions while
invalidating the RelationSyncEntry due to which even though the relation
is dropped from a particular publication we still publish its changes. Fix
it by initializing pubactions when entry got invalidated.
Author: Japin Li and Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACV+0UFpcZs5czYgBpujM9p0Hg1qdOZai_43OU7bqHU_xw@mail.gmail.com
This adds code omitted from commit 7db0cd2145 by accident, which had
two consequences. Firstly, only rows inserted by heap_multi_insert were
frozen as expected when running COPY FREEZE, while heap_insert left
rows unfrozen. That however includes rows in TOAST tables, so a lot of
data might have been left unfrozen. Secondly, page might have been left
partially empty after relcache invalidation.
This addresses both of those issues.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdN-ptGv0mZntrK2Q8OtfUuAjqaYMGmkdU1dCKFtUxVLrg@mail.gmail.com
I'd omitted this from the grammar in commit c9d529848, figuring that
it wasn't worth supporting. However we already have one complaint,
so it seems that judgment was wrong. It doesn't require a huge
amount of code, so add it back. (I'm still drawing the line at
UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT though: those'd require an unreasonable
amount of grammar refactoring, and the single-result-row restriction
makes them near useless anyway.)
Also rethink the documentation: this behavior is a property of
all pl/pgsql expressions, not just assignments.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210122134106.e94c5cd7@mail.verfriemelt.org
The callback for retrieving state change information during connection
setup was only installed when the connection was mostly set up, and
thus didn't provide much information and missed all the details related
to the handshake.
This also extends the callback with SSL_state_string_long() to print
more information about the state change within the SSL object handled.
While there, fix some comments which were incorrectly referring to the
callback and its previous location in fe-secure.c.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/232CF476-94E1-42F1-9408-719E2AEC5491@yesql.se
Previously, pull_varnos() took the relids of a PlaceHolderVar as being
equal to the relids in its contents, but that fails to account for the
possibility that we have to postpone evaluation of the PHV due to outer
joins. This could result in a malformed plan. The known cases end up
triggering the "failed to assign all NestLoopParams to plan nodes"
sanity check in createplan.c, but other symptoms may be possible.
The right value to use is the join level we actually intend to evaluate
the PHV at. We can get that from the ph_eval_at field of the associated
PlaceHolderInfo. However, there are some places that call pull_varnos()
before the PlaceHolderInfos have been created; in that case, fall back
to the conservative assumption that the PHV will be evaluated at its
syntactic level. (In principle this might result in missing some legal
optimization, but I'm not aware of any cases where it's an issue in
practice.) Things are also a bit ticklish for calls occurring during
deconstruct_jointree(), but AFAICS the ph_eval_at fields should have
reached their final values by the time we need them.
The main problem in making this work is that pull_varnos() has no
way to get at the PlaceHolderInfos. We can fix that easily, if a
bit tediously, in HEAD by passing it the planner "root" pointer.
In the back branches that'd cause an unacceptable API/ABI break for
extensions, so leave the existing entry points alone and add new ones
with the additional parameter. (If an old entry point is called and
encounters a PHV, it'll fall back to using the syntactic level,
again possibly missing some valid optimization.)
Back-patch to v12. The computation is surely also wrong before that,
but it appears that we cannot reach a bad plan thanks to join order
restrictions imposed on the subquery that the PlaceHolderVar came from.
The error only became reachable when commit 4be058fe9 allowed trivial
subqueries to be collapsed out completely, eliminating their join order
restrictions.
Per report from Stephan Springl.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/171041.1610849523@sss.pgh.pa.us
ExecInitModifyTable has to initialize batching for all result relations,
not just the first one. Furthermore, when junk filters were necessary,
the pointer pointed past the mtstate->resultRelInfo array.
Per reports from multiple non-x86 animals (florican, locust, ...).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200628151002.7x5laxwpgvkyiu3q@development
Extends the FDW API to allow batching inserts into foreign tables. That
is usually much more efficient than inserting individual rows, due to
high latency for each round-trip to the foreign server.
It was possible to implement something similar in the regular FDW API,
but it was inconvenient and there were issues with reporting the number
of actually inserted rows etc. This extends the FDW API with two new
functions:
* GetForeignModifyBatchSize - allows the FDW picking optimal batch size
* ExecForeignBatchInsert - inserts a batch of rows at once
Currently, only INSERT queries support batching. Support for DELETE and
UPDATE may be added in the future.
This also implements batching for postgres_fdw. The batch size may be
specified using "batch_size" option both at the server and table level.
The initial patch version was written by me, but it was rewritten and
improved in many ways by Takayuki Tsunakawa.
Author: Takayuki Tsunakawa
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200628151002.7x5laxwpgvkyiu3q@development
In commit 9eb5607e69, I got the condition on checking for split or
deleted page wrong: I used && instead of ||. The comment correctly said
"concurrent split _or_ deletion".
As a result, GiST insertion could miss a concurrent split, and insert to
wrong page. Duncan Sands demonstrated this with a test script that did a
lot of concurrent inserts.
Backpatch to v12, where this was introduced. REINDEX is required to fix
indexes that were affected by this bug.
Backpatch-through: 12
Reported-by: Duncan Sands
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/a9690483-6c6c-3c82-c8ba-dc1a40848f11%40deepbluecap.com
Specifying duplicated objects in this command would lead to unique
constraint violations in pg_default_acl or "tuple already updated by
self" errors. Similarly to GRANT/REVOKE, increment the command ID after
each subcommand processing to allow this case to work transparently.
A regression test is added by tweaking one of the existing queries of
privileges.sql to stress this case.
Reported-by: Andrus
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ae2a7dc1-9d71-8cba-3bb9-e4cb7eb1f44e@hot.ee
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Somebody extended search_plan_tree() to treat MergeAppend exactly
like Append, which is 100% wrong, because unlike Append we can't
assume that only one input node is actively returning tuples.
Hence a cursor using a MergeAppend across a UNION ALL or inheritance
tree could falsely match a WHERE CURRENT OF query at a row that
isn't actually the cursor's current output row, but coincidentally
has the same TID (in a different table) as the current output row.
Delete the faulty code; this means that such a case will now return
an error like 'cursor "foo" is not a simply updatable scan of table
"bar"', instead of silently misbehaving. Users should not find that
surprising though, as the same cursor query could have failed that way
already depending on the chosen plan. (It would fail like that if the
sort were done with an explicit Sort node instead of MergeAppend.)
Expand the clearly-inadequate commentary to be more explicit about
what this code is doing, in hopes of forestalling future mistakes.
It's been like this for awhile, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/482865.1611075182@sss.pgh.pa.us
execCurrent.c's search_plan_tree() assumed that ForeignScanStates
and CustomScanStates necessarily have a valid ss_currentRelation.
This is demonstrably untrue for postgres_fdw's remote join and
remote aggregation plans, and non-leaf custom scans might not have
an identifiable scan relation either. Avoid crashing by ignoring
such nodes when the field is null.
This solution will lead to errors like 'cursor "foo" is not a
simply updatable scan of table "bar"' in cases where maybe we
could have allowed WHERE CURRENT OF to work. That's not an issue
for postgres_fdw's usages, since joins or aggregations would render
WHERE CURRENT OF invalid anyway. But an otherwise-transparent
upper level custom scan node might find this annoying. When and if
someone cares to expend work on such a scenario, we could invent a
custom-scan-provider callback to determine what's safe.
Report and patch by David Geier, commentary by me. It's been like
this for awhile, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0253344d-9bdd-11c4-7f0d-d88c02cd7991@swarm64.com
Previously, the per-barrier-type functions tasked with absorbing
them were expected to always succeed and never throw an error.
However, that's a bit inconvenient. Further study has revealed that
there are realistic cases where it might not be possible to absorb
a ProcSignalBarrier without terminating the transaction, or even
the whole backend. Similarly, for some barrier types, there might
be other reasons where it's not reasonably possible to absorb the
barrier at certain points in the code, so provide a way for a
per-barrier-type function to reject absorbing the barrier.
Unfortunately, there's still no committed code making use of this
infrastructure; hopefully, we'll get there. :-(
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund and Amul Sul.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20200908182005.xya7wetdh3pndzim@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob56Pk1-5aTJdVPCWFHon7me4M96ENpGe9n_R4JUjjhZA@mail.gmail.com
When certain parameters are changed on a physical replication primary,
this is communicated to standbys using the XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE WAL
record. The standby then checks whether its own settings are at least
as big as the ones on the primary. If not, the standby shuts down
with a fatal error.
This patch changes this behavior for hot standbys to pause recovery at
that point instead. That allows read traffic on the standby to
continue while database administrators figure out next steps. When
recovery is unpaused, the server shuts down (as before). The idea is
to fix the parameters while recovery is paused and then restart when
there is a maintenance window.
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4ad69a4c-cc9b-0dfe-0352-8b1b0cd36c7b@2ndquadrant.com
This continues the work done in b5913f6. All the options of those
commands are changed to use hex values rather than enums to reduce the
risk of compatibility bugs when introducing new options. Each option
set is moved into a new structure that can be extended with more
non-boolean options (this was already the case of VACUUM). The code of
REINDEX is restructured so as manual REINDEX commands go through a
single routine from utility.c, like VACUUM, to ease the allocation
handling of option parameters when a command needs to go through
multiple transactions.
This can be used as a base infrastructure for future patches related to
those commands, including reindex filtering and tablespace support.
Per discussion with people mentioned below, as well as Alvaro Herrera
and Peter Eisentraut.
Author: Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X8riynBLwxAD9uKk@paquier.xyz
Make sure COPY FREEZE marks the pages as PD_ALL_VISIBLE and updates the
visibility map. Until now we only marked individual tuples as frozen,
but page-level flags were not updated, so the first VACUUM after the
COPY FREEZE had to rewrite the whole table.
This is a fairly old patch, and multiple people worked on it. The first
version was written by Jeff Janes, and then reworked by Pavan Deolasee
and Anastasia Lubennikova.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Pavan Deolasee, Jeff Janes
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh, Jeff Janes, Tomas Vondra, Masahiko Sawada,
Andres Freund, Ibrar Ahmed, Robert Haas, Tatsuro Ishii,
Darafei Praliaskouski
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdN-ptGv0mZntrK2Q8OtfUuAjqaYMGmkdU1dCKFtUxVLrg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU%3D1w3osJJ2FneELhhNRLxfZitDgp9FPHee08NT2FQFmz_pQ%40mail.gmail.com
This add counters for number of sessions, the different kind of session
termination types, and timers for how much time is spent in active vs
idle in a database to pg_stat_database.
Internally this also renames the parameter "force" to disconnect. This
was the only use-case for the parameter before, so repurposing it to
this mroe narrow usecase makes things cleaner than inventing something
new.
Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-By: Magnus Hagander, Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Masahiro Ikeda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b07e1f9953701b90c66ed368656f2aef40cac4fb.camel@cybertec.at
Every core SLRU wraps around. With the exception of pg_notify, the wrap
point can fall in the middle of a page. Account for this in the
PagePrecedes callback specification and in SimpleLruTruncate()'s use of
said callback. Update each callback implementation to fit the new
specification. This changes SerialPagePrecedesLogically() from the
style of asyncQueuePagePrecedes() to the style of CLOGPagePrecedes().
(Whereas pg_clog and pg_serial share a key space, pg_serial is nothing
like pg_notify.) The bug fixed here has the same symptoms and user
followup steps as 592a589a04. Back-patch
to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Andrey Borodin and (in earlier versions) by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190202083822.GC32531@gust.leadboat.com
The result of TextDatumGetCString is already palloc'ed so we don't need to
allocate memory for it again. We decide not to backpatch it as there
doesn't seem to be any case where it can create a meaningful leak.
Author: Zhijie Hou
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/229fed2eb8c54c71a96ccb99e516eb12@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
Add a check that CREATE STATISTICS does not add extended statistics on
system catalogs, similarly to indexes etc. It can be overriden using
the allow_system_table_mods GUC.
This bug exists since 7b504eb282, adding the extended statistics, so
backpatch all the way back to PostgreSQL 10.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reported-by: Dean Rasheed
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXAPrrOKwEsyZKQ4uzzJQWBCt6QAvOcgqRGdWwT1zb%2BrQ%40mail.gmail.com
This is like commit c98763bf51, but for REINDEX CONCURRENTLY. To wit:
this flags indicates that the current process is safe to ignore for the
purposes of waiting for other snapshots, when doing CREATE INDEX
CONCURRENTLY and REINDEX CONCURRENTLY. This helps two processes doing
either of those things not deadlock, and also avoids spurious waits.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hamid Akhtar <hamid.akhtar@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201130195439.GA24598@alvherre.pgsql
When a tablespace is used in a partitioned relation (per commits
ca4103025d in pg12 for tables and 33e6c34c32 in pg11 for indexes),
it is possible to drop the tablespace, potentially causing various
problems. One such was reported in bug #16577, where a rewriting ALTER
TABLE causes a server crash.
Protect against this by using pg_shdepend to keep track of tablespaces
when used for relations that don't keep physical files; we now abort a
tablespace if we see that the tablespace is referenced from any
partitioned relations.
Backpatch this to 11, where this problem has been latent all along. We
don't try to create pg_shdepend entries for existing partitioned
indexes/tables, but any ones that are modified going forward will be
protected.
Note slight behavior change: when trying to drop a tablespace that
contains both regular tables as well as partitioned ones, you'd
previously get ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE and now you'll
get ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST. Arguably, the latter is more
correct.
It is possible to add protecting pg_shdepend entries for existing
tables/indexes, by doing
ALTER TABLE ONLY some_partitioned_table SET TABLESPACE pg_default;
ALTER TABLE ONLY some_partitioned_table SET TABLESPACE original_tablespace;
for each partitioned table/index that is not in the database default
tablespace. Because these partitioned objects do not have storage, no
file needs to be actually moved, so it shouldn't take more time than
what's required to acquire locks.
This query can be used to search for such relations:
SELECT ... FROM pg_class WHERE relkind IN ('p', 'I') AND reltablespace <> 0
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16577-881633a9f9894fd5@postgresql.org
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Commit 709d003fbd refactored WAL-reading code, but accidentally caused
WalSndSegmentOpen() to fail to follow a timeline switch while reading from
a historic timeline. This issue caused a standby to fail to follow a primary
on a newer timeline when WAL archiving is enabled.
If there is a timeline switch within the segment, WalSndSegmentOpen() should
read from the WAL segment belonging to the new timeline. But previously
since it failed to follow a timeline switch, it tried to read the WAL segment
with old timeline. When WAL archiving is enabled, that WAL segment with
old timeline doesn't exist because it's renamed to .partial. This leads
a primary to have tried to read non-existent WAL segment, and which caused
replication to faill with the error "ERROR: requested WAL segment ... has
already been removed".
This commit fixes WalSndSegmentOpen() so that it's able to follow a timeline
switch, to ensure that a standby is able to follow a primary on a newer
timeline even when WAL archiving is enabled.
This commit also adds the regression test to check whether a standby is
able to follow a primary on a newer timeline when WAL archiving is enabled.
Back-patch to v13 where the bug was introduced.
Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201209.174314.282492377848029776.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
This commit addresses some issues with c3826f83 that moved the hex
decoding routine to src/common/:
- The decoding function lacked overflow checks, so when used for
security-related features it was an open door to out-of-bound writes if
not carefully used that could remain undetected. Like the base64
routines already in src/common/ used by SCRAM, this routine is reworked
to check for overflows by having the size of the destination buffer
passed as argument, with overflows checked before doing any writes.
- The encoding routine was missing. This is moved to src/common/ and
it gains the same overflow checks as the decoding part.
On failure, the hex routines of src/common/ issue an error as per the
discussion done to make them usable by frontend tools, but not by shared
libraries. Note that this is why ECPG is left out of this commit, and
it still includes a duplicated logic doing hex encoding and decoding.
While on it, this commit uses better variable names for the source and
destination buffers in the existing escape and base64 routines in
encode.c and it makes them more robust to overflow detection. The
previous core code issued a FATAL after doing out-of-bound writes if
going through the SQL functions, which would be enough to detect
problems when working on changes that impacted this area of the
code. Instead, an error is issued before doing an out-of-bound write.
The hex routines were being directly called for bytea conversions and
backup manifests without such sanity checks. The current calls happen
to not have any problems, but careless uses of such APIs could easily
lead to CVE-class bugs.
Author: Bruce Momjian, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Sehrope Sarkuni
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231003557.GB22199@momjian.us
macOS's ranlib issued a warning about an empty pread.o file with the
previous arrangement, on systems new enough to require no replacement
functions. Let's go back to using configure's AC_REPLACE_FUNCS system
to build and include each .o in the library only if it's needed, which
requires moving the *v() functions to their own files.
Also move the _with_retry() wrapper to a more permanent home.
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1283127.1610554395%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Teach nbtree and heapam to cooperate in order to eagerly remove
duplicate tuples representing dead MVCC versions. This is "bottom-up
deletion". Each bottom-up deletion pass is triggered lazily in response
to a flood of versions on an nbtree leaf page. This usually involves a
"logically unchanged index" hint (these are produced by the executor
mechanism added by commit 9dc718bd).
The immediate goal of bottom-up index deletion is to avoid "unnecessary"
page splits caused entirely by version duplicates. It naturally has an
even more useful effect, though: it acts as a backstop against
accumulating an excessive number of index tuple versions for any given
_logical row_. Bottom-up index deletion complements what we might now
call "top-down index deletion": index vacuuming performed by VACUUM.
Bottom-up index deletion responds to the immediate local needs of
queries, while leaving it up to autovacuum to perform infrequent clean
sweeps of the index. The overall effect is to avoid certain
pathological performance issues related to "version churn" from UPDATEs.
The previous tableam interface used by index AMs to perform tuple
deletion (the table_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples() function) has been
replaced with a new interface that supports certain new requirements.
Many (perhaps all) of the capabilities added to nbtree by this commit
could also be extended to other index AMs. That is left as work for a
later commit.
Extend deletion of LP_DEAD-marked index tuples in nbtree by adding logic
to consider extra index tuples (that are not LP_DEAD-marked) for
deletion in passing. This increases the number of index tuples deleted
significantly in many cases. The LP_DEAD deletion process (which is now
called "simple deletion" to clearly distinguish it from bottom-up
deletion) won't usually need to visit any extra table blocks to check
these extra tuples. We have to visit the same table blocks anyway to
generate a latestRemovedXid value (at least in the common case where the
index deletion operation's WAL record needs such a value).
Testing has shown that the "extra tuples" simple deletion enhancement
increases the number of index tuples deleted with almost any workload
that has LP_DEAD bits set in leaf pages. That is, it almost never fails
to delete at least a few extra index tuples. It helps most of all in
cases that happen to naturally have a lot of delete-safe tuples. It's
not uncommon for an individual deletion operation to end up deleting an
order of magnitude more index tuples compared to the old naive approach
(e.g., custom instrumentation of the patch shows that this happens
fairly often when the regression tests are run).
Add a further enhancement that augments simple deletion and bottom-up
deletion in indexes that make use of deduplication: Teach nbtree's
_bt_delitems_delete() function to support granular TID deletion in
posting list tuples. It is now possible to delete individual TIDs from
posting list tuples provided the TIDs have a tableam block number of a
table block that gets visited as part of the deletion process (visiting
the table block can be triggered directly or indirectly). Setting the
LP_DEAD bit of a posting list tuple is still an all-or-nothing thing,
but that matters much less now that deletion only needs to start out
with the right _general_ idea about which index tuples are deletable.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_delete changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since there are no changes to the on-disk
representation of nbtree indexes. Indexes built on PostgreSQL 12 or
PostgreSQL 13 will automatically benefit from bottom-up index deletion
(i.e. no reindexing required) following a pg_upgrade. The enhancement
to simple deletion is available with all B-Tree indexes following a
pg_upgrade, no matter what PostgreSQL version the user upgrades from.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm+maE3apHB8NOtmM=p-DO65j2V5GzAWCOEEuy3JZgb2g@mail.gmail.com
Add an executor aminsert() hint mechanism that informs index AMs that
the incoming index tuple (the tuple that accompanies the hint) is not
being inserted by execution of an SQL statement that logically modifies
any of the index's key columns.
The hint is received by indexes when an UPDATE takes place that does not
apply an optimization like heapam's HOT (though only for indexes where
all key columns are logically unchanged). Any index tuple that receives
the hint on insert is expected to be a duplicate of at least one
existing older version that is needed for the same logical row. Related
versions will typically be stored on the same index page, at least
within index AMs that apply the hint.
Recognizing the difference between MVCC version churn duplicates and
true logical row duplicates at the index AM level can help with cleanup
of garbage index tuples. Cleanup can intelligently target tuples that
are likely to be garbage, without wasting too many cycles on less
promising tuples/pages (index pages with little or no version churn).
This is infrastructure for an upcoming commit that will teach nbtree to
perform bottom-up index deletion. No index AM actually applies the hint
just yet.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=CEKFa74EScx_hFVshCOn6AA5T-ajFASTdzipdkLTNQQ@mail.gmail.com
This is a follow-up of the work done in commit 0650ff2303. This commit
extends log_recovery_conflict_waits so that a log message is produced
also when recovery conflict has already been resolved after deadlock_timeout
passes, i.e., when the startup process finishes waiting for recovery
conflict after deadlock_timeout. This is useful in investigating how long
recovery conflicts prevented the recovery from applying WAL.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a60178c-a853-1440-2cdc-c3af916cff59@amazon.com
Similar to commit d6ad34f341, this patch optimizes
DropRelFileNodesAllBuffers() by avoiding the complete buffer pool scan and
instead find the buffers to be invalidated by doing lookups in the
BufMapping table.
This optimization helps operations where the relation files need to be
removed like Truncate, Drop, Abort of Create Table, etc.
Author: Kirk Jamison
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Takayuki Tsunakawa, and Amit Kapila
Tested-By: Haiying Tang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB3207DCA7EC725FDD661B3EDAEF660@OSBPR01MB3207.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
This struct is used by ReindexRelationConcurrently to keep track of the
relations to process. This saves having to obtain some data repeatedly,
and has future uses as well.
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hamid Akhtar <hamid.akhtar@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201130195439.GA24598@alvherre.pgsql
The recovery path of DropRelFileNodeBuffers() is optimized so that
scanning of the whole buffer pool can be avoided when the number of
blocks to be truncated in a relation is below a certain threshold. For
such cases, we find the buffers by doing lookups in BufMapping table.
This improves the performance by more than 100 times in many cases
when several small tables (tested with 1000 relations) are truncated
and where the server is configured with a large value of shared
buffers (greater than equal to 100GB).
This optimization helps cases (a) when vacuum or autovacuum truncated off
any of the empty pages at the end of a relation, or (b) when the relation is
truncated in the same transaction in which it was created.
This commit introduces a new API smgrnblocks_cached which returns a cached
value for the number of blocks in a relation fork. This helps us to determine
the exact size of relation which is required to apply this optimization. The
exact size is required to ensure that we don't leave any buffer for the
relation being dropped as otherwise the background writer or checkpointer
can lead to a PANIC error while flushing buffers corresponding to files that
don't exist.
Author: Kirk Jamison based on ideas by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Takayuki Tsunakawa, and Amit Kapila
Tested-By: Haiying Tang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB3207DCA7EC725FDD661B3EDAEF660@OSBPR01MB3207.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Move it to class 57 (Operator Intervention), which seems like a
better choice given that from the client's standpoint it behaves
a heck of a lot like, e.g., ERRCODE_ADMIN_SHUTDOWN.
In a green field I'd put ERRCODE_IDLE_IN_TRANSACTION_SESSION_TIMEOUT
here as well. But that's been around for a few years, so it's
probably too late to change its SQLSTATE code.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/763A0689-F189-459E-946F-F0EC4458980B@hotmail.com
Instead of making many block-sized write() calls to fill a new WAL file
with zeroes, make a smaller number of pwritev() calls (or various
emulations). The actual number depends on the OS's IOV_MAX, which
PG_IOV_MAX currently caps at 32. That means we'll write 256kB per call
on typical systems. We may want to tune the number later with more
experience.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJA%2Bu-220VONeoREBXJ9P3S94Y7J%2BkqCnTYmahvZJwM%3Dg%40mail.gmail.com
brenext(), when parsing a '*' quantifier, forgot to return any "value"
for the token; per the equivalent case in next(), it should return
value 1 to indicate that greedy rather than non-greedy behavior is
wanted. The result is that the compiled regexp could behave like 'x*?'
rather than the intended 'x*', if we were unlucky enough to have
a zero in v->nextvalue at this point. That seems to happen with some
reliability if we have '.*' at the beginning of a BRE-mode regexp,
although that depends on the initial contents of a stack-allocated
struct, so it's not guaranteed to fail.
Found by Alexander Lakhin using valgrind testing. This bug seems
to be aboriginal in Spencer's code, so back-patch all the way.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16814-6c5e3edd2bdf0d50@postgresql.org
On reflection, the order of operations in PostgresMain() is wrong.
These timeouts ought to be shut down before, not after, we do the
post-command-read CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, to guarantee that any
timeout error will be detected there rather than at some ill-defined
later point (possibly after having wasted a lot of work).
This is really an error in the original idle_in_transaction_timeout
patch, so back-patch to 9.6 where that was introduced.
This commit adds GUC log_recovery_conflict_waits that controls whether
a log message is produced when the startup process is waiting longer than
deadlock_timeout for recovery conflicts. This is useful in determining
if recovery conflicts prevent the recovery from applying WAL.
Note that currently a log message is produced only when recovery conflict
has not been resolved yet even after deadlock_timeout passes, i.e.,
only when the startup process is still waiting for recovery conflict
even after deadlock_timeout.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot, Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a60178c-a853-1440-2cdc-c3af916cff59@amazon.com
This GUC variable works much like idle_in_transaction_session_timeout,
in that it kills sessions that have waited too long for a new client
query. But it applies when we're not in a transaction, rather than
when we are.
Li Japin, reviewed by David Johnston and Hayato Kuroda, some
fixes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/763A0689-F189-459E-946F-F0EC4458980B@hotmail.com
A very common usage pattern is that we set a timeout that we don't
expect to reach, cancel it after a little bit, and later repeat.
With the original implementation of timeout.c, this results in one
setitimer() call per timeout set or cancel. We can do a lot better
by being lazy about changing the timeout interrupt request, namely:
(1) never cancel the outstanding interrupt, even when we have no
active timeout events;
(2) if we need to set an interrupt, but there already is one pending
at or before the required time, leave it alone. When the interrupt
happens, the signal handler will reschedule it at whatever time is
then needed.
For example, with a one-second setting for statement_timeout, this
method results in having to interact with the kernel only a little
more than once a second, no matter how many statements we execute
in between. The mainline code might never call setitimer() at all
after the first time, while each time the signal handler fires,
it sees that the then-pending request is most of a second away,
and that's when it sets the next interrupt request for. Each
mainline timeout-set request after that will observe that the time
it wants is past the pending interrupt request time, and do nothing.
This also works pretty well for cases where a few different timeout
lengths are in use, as long as none of them are very short. But
that describes our usage well.
Idea and original patch by Thomas Munro; I fixed a race condition
and improved the comments.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKG+o6pbuHBJSGnud=TadsuXySWA7CCcPgCt2QE9F6_4iHQ@mail.gmail.com
Forced cache invalidation (CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS) has been impractical
to use for testing in PostgreSQL because it's so slow and because it's
toggled on/off only at build time. It is helpful when hunting bugs in
any code that uses the sycache/relcache because causes cache
invalidations to be injected whenever it would be possible for an
invalidation to occur, whether or not one was really pending.
Address this by providing run-time control over cache clobber
behaviour using the new debug_invalidate_system_caches_always GUC.
Support is not compiled in at all unless assertions are enabled or
CLOBBER_CACHE_ENABLED is explicitly defined at compile time. It
defaults to 0 if compiled in, so it has negligible effect on assert
build performance by default.
When support is compiled in, test code can now set
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always=1 locally to a backend to test
specific queries, functions, extensions, etc. Or tests can toggle it
globally for a specific test case while retaining normal performance
during test setup and teardown.
For backwards compatibility with existing test harnesses and scripts,
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always defaults to 1 if
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS is defined, and to 3 if CLOBBER_CACHE_RECURSIVE
is defined.
CLOBBER_CACHE_ENABLED is now visible in pg_config_manual.h, as is the
related RECOVER_RELATION_BUILD_MEMORY setting for the relcache.
Author: Craig Ringer <craig.ringer@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAMsr+YF=+ctXBZj3ywmvKNUjWpxmuTuUKuv-rgbHGX5i5pLstQ@mail.gmail.com
The deadlocks that the recovery conflict on lock is involved in can
happen between hot-standby backends and the startup process.
If a backend takes an access exclusive lock on the table and which
finally triggers the deadlock, that deadlock can be detected
as expected. On the other hand, previously, if the startup process
took an access exclusive lock and which finally triggered the deadlock,
that deadlock could not be detected and could remain even after
deadlock_timeout passed. This is a bug.
The cause of this bug was that the code for handling the recovery
conflict on lock didn't take care of deadlock case at all. It assumed
that deadlocks involving the startup process and backends were able
to be detected by the deadlock detector invoked within backends.
But this assumption was incorrect. The startup process also should
have invoked the deadlock detector if necessary.
To fix this bug, this commit makes the startup process invoke
the deadlock detector if deadlock_timeout is reached while handling
the recovery conflict on lock. Specifically, in that case, the startup
process requests all the backends holding the conflicting locks to
check themselves for deadlocks.
Back-patch to v9.6. v9.5 has also this bug, but per discussion we decided
not to back-patch the fix to v9.5. Because v9.5 doesn't have some
infrastructure codes (e.g., 37c54863cf) that this bug fix patch depends on.
We can apply those codes for the back-patch, but since the next minor
version release is the final one for v9.5, it's risky to do that. If we
unexpectedly introduce new bug to v9.5 by the back-patch, there is no
chance to fix that. We determined that the back-patch to v9.5 would give
more risk than gain.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Masahiko Sawada, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4041d6b6-cf24-a120-36fa-1294220f8243@oss.nttdata.com
Aside from being queriable via SHOW, this value is sent to the client
immediately at session startup, and again later on if the server gets
promoted to primary during the session. The immediate report will be
used in an upcoming patch to avoid an extra round trip when trying to
connect to a primary server.
Haribabu Kommi, Greg Nancarrow, Tom Lane; reviewed at various times
by Laurenz Albe, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Peter Smith.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF3+xM+8-ztOkaV9gHiJ3wfgENTq97QcjXQt+rbFQ6F7oNzt9A@mail.gmail.com
In power_var_int(), the computation of the number of significant
digits to use in the computation used log(Abs(exp)), which isn't safe
because Abs(exp) returns INT_MIN when exp is INT_MIN. Use fabs()
instead of Abs(), so that the exponent is cast to a double before the
absolute value is taken.
Back-patch to 9.6, where this was introduced (by 7d9a4737c2).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVd6pMkz=BrZEgBKyqqJrt2xghr=fNc8+Z=5xC6cgWrWA@mail.gmail.com
Bring heap and hash rmgr desc output in line with nbtree and GiST desc
output by using the name latestRemovedXid for all fields that output the
contents of the latestRemovedXid field from the WAL record's C struct
(stop using local variants).
This seems like a clear improvement because latestRemovedXid is a symbol
name that already appears across many different source files, and so is
probably much more recognizable.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkt_Rs4VqPSCk87nyjPAAEmWL8STU9zgET_83EF5YfrLw@mail.gmail.com
If the substring start index and length overflow when added together,
substring() misbehaved, either throwing a bogus "negative substring
length" error on a case that should succeed, or failing to complain that
a negative length is negative (and instead returning the whole string,
in most cases). Unsurprisingly, the text, bytea, and bit variants of
the function all had this issue. Rearrange the logic to ensure that
negative lengths are always rejected, and add an overflow check to
handle the other case.
Also install similar guards into detoast_attr_slice() (nee
heap_tuple_untoast_attr_slice()), since it's far from clear that
no other code paths leading to that function could pass it values
that would overflow.
Patch by myself and Pavel Stehule, per bug #16804 from Rafi Shamim.
Back-patch to v11. While these bugs are old, the common/int.h
infrastructure for overflow-detecting arithmetic didn't exist before
commit 4d6ad3125, and it doesn't seem like these misbehaviors are bad
enough to justify developing a standalone fix for the older branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16804-f4eeeb6c11ba71d4@postgresql.org
Performance issues with the preceding patch to re-implement array
element assignment within pl/pgsql led me to realize that the read/write
parameter mechanism is misdesigned. Instead of requiring the assignment
source expression to be such that *all* its references to the target
variable could be passed as R/W, we really want to identify *one*
reference to the target variable to be passed as R/W, allowing any other
ones to be passed read/only as they would be by default. As long as the
R/W reference is a direct argument to the top-level (hence last to be
executed) function in the expression, there is no harm in R/O references
being passed to other lower parts of the expression. Nor is there any
use-case for more than one argument of the top-level function being R/W.
Hence, rewrite that logic to identify one single Param that references
the target variable, and make only that Param pass a read/write
reference, not any other Params referencing the target variable.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
Invent new RawParseModes that allow the core grammar to handle
pl/pgsql expressions and assignments directly, and thereby get rid
of a lot of hackery in pl/pgsql's parser. This moves a good deal
of knowledge about pl/pgsql into the core code: notably, we have to
invent a CoercionContext that matches pl/pgsql's (rather dubious)
historical behavior for assignment coercions. That's getting away
from the original idea of pl/pgsql as an arm's-length extension of
the core, but really we crossed that bridge a long time ago.
The main advantage of doing this is that we can now use the core
parser to generate FieldStore and/or SubscriptingRef nodes to handle
assignments to pl/pgsql variables that are records or arrays. That
fixes a number of cases that had never been implemented in pl/pgsql
assignment, such as nested records and array slicing, and it allows
pl/pgsql assignment to support the datatype-specific subscripting
behaviors introduced in commit c7aba7c14.
There are cosmetic benefits too: when a syntax error occurs in a
pl/pgsql expression, the error report no longer includes the confusing
"SELECT" keyword that used to get prefixed to the expression text.
Also, there seem to be some small speed gains.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch essentially allows gram.y to implement a family of related
syntax trees, rather than necessarily always parsing a list of SQL
statements. raw_parser() gains a new argument, enum RawParseMode,
to say what to do. As proof of concept, add a mode that just parses
a TypeName without any other decoration, and use that to greatly
simplify typeStringToTypeName().
In addition, invent a new SPI entry point SPI_prepare_extended() to
allow SPI users (particularly plpgsql) to get at this new functionality.
In hopes of making this the last variant of SPI_prepare(), set up its
additional arguments as a struct rather than direct arguments, and
promise that future additions to the struct can default to zero.
SPI_prepare_cursor() and SPI_prepare_params() can perhaps go away at
some point.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch allows PREPARE-time decoding of two-phase transactions (if the
output plugin supports this capability), in which case the transactions
are replayed at PREPARE and then committed later when COMMIT PREPARED
arrives.
Now that we decode the changes before the commit, the concurrent aborts
may cause failures when the output plugin consults catalogs (both system
and user-defined).
We detect such failures with a special sqlerrcode
ERRCODE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK introduced by commit 7259736a6e and stop
decoding the remaining changes. Then we rollback the changes when rollback
prepared is encountered.
Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila based on previous work by Nikhil Sontakke and Stas Kelvich
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Peter Smith, Sawada Masahiko, Arseny Sher, and Dilip Kumar
Tested-by: Takamichi Osumi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/02DA5F5E-CECE-4D9C-8B4B-418077E2C010@postgrespro.ruhttps://postgr.es/m/CAMGcDxeqEpWj3fTXwqhSwBdXd2RS9jzwWscO-XbeCfso6ts3+Q@mail.gmail.com
On further reflection it seems better to call PageGetMaxOffsetNumber()
after acquiring a buffer lock on the page. This shouldn't really
matter, but doing it this way is cleaner.
Follow-up to commit 42288174.
Backpatch: 12-, just like commit 42288174
The logic for determining the latest removed XID for the purposes of
generating recovery conflicts in REDO routines was subtly broken. It
failed to follow links from HOT chains, and so failed to consider all
relevant heap tuple headers in some cases.
To fix, expand the loop that deals with LP_REDIRECT line pointers to
also deal with HOT chains. The new version of the loop is loosely based
on a similar loop from heap_prune_chain().
The impact of this bug is probably quite limited, since the horizon code
necessarily deals with heap tuples that are pointed to by LP_DEAD-set
index tuples. The process of setting LP_DEAD index tuples (e.g. within
the kill_prior_tuple mechanism) is highly correlated with opportunistic
pruning of pointed-to heap tuples. Plus the question of generating a
recovery conflict usually comes up some time after index tuple LP_DEAD
bits were initially set, unlike heap pruning, where a latestRemovedXid
is generated at the point of the pruning operation (heap pruning has no
deferred "would-be page split" style processing that produces conflicts
lazily).
Only backpatch to Postgres 12, the first version where this logic runs
during original execution (following commit 558a9165e0). The index
latestRemovedXid mechanism has had the same bug since it first appeared
over 10 years ago (in commit a760893d), but backpatching to all
supported versions now seems like a bad idea on balance. Running the
new improved code during recovery seems risky, especially given the lack
of complaints from the field.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=Eib393+HHcERK_9MtgNS7Ew1HY=RDC_g6GL46zM5C6Q@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-
This commit preserves the logic of multirange_in() but makes it more clear
what's going on. Also, this commit fixes the compiler warning spotted by the
buildfarm.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2246043.1609290699%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Since at least 2001 we've used putenv() and avoided setenv(), on the
grounds that the latter was unportable and not in POSIX. However,
POSIX added it that same year, and by now the situation has reversed:
setenv() is probably more portable than putenv(), since POSIX now
treats the latter as not being a core function. And setenv() has
cleaner semantics too. So, let's reverse that old policy.
This commit adds a simple src/port/ implementation of setenv() for
any stragglers (we have one in the buildfarm, but I'd not be surprised
if that code is never used in the field). More importantly, extend
win32env.c to also support setenv(). Then, replace usages of putenv()
with setenv(), and get rid of some ad-hoc implementations of setenv()
wannabees.
Also, adjust our src/port/ implementation of unsetenv() to follow the
POSIX spec that it returns an error indicator, rather than returning
void as per the ancient BSD convention. I don't feel a need to make
all the call sites check for errors, but the portability stub ought
to match real-world practice.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2065122.1609212051@sss.pgh.pa.us
Attempt to get selectivity estimation for @> (anymultirange, anyrange) operator
caused an error in buildfarm, because this operator was missed in switch()
of calc_hist_selectivity(). Fix that and also make regression tests reliably
check that selectivity estimation for (multi)ranges doesn't fall. Previously,
whether we test selectivity estimation for (multi)ranges depended on
whether autovacuum managed to gather concurrently to the test.
Reported-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X%2BwmgjRItuvHNBeV%40paquier.xyz
secure_open_gssapi() installed the krb_server_keyfile setting as
KRB5_KTNAME unconditionally, so long as it's not empty. However,
pg_GSS_recvauth() only installed it if KRB5_KTNAME wasn't set already,
leading to a troubling inconsistency: in theory, clients could see
different sets of server principal names depending on whether they
use GSSAPI encryption. Always using krb_server_keyfile seems like
the right thing, so make both places do that. Also fix up
secure_open_gssapi()'s lack of a check for setenv() failure ---
it's unlikely, surely, but security-critical actions are no place
to be sloppy.
Also improve the associated documentation.
This patch does nothing about secure_open_gssapi()'s use of setenv(),
and indeed causes pg_GSS_recvauth() to use it too. That's nominally
against project portability rules, but since this code is only built
with --with-gssapi, I do not feel a need to do something about this
in the back branches. A fix will be forthcoming for HEAD though.
Back-patch to v12 where GSSAPI encryption was introduced. The
dubious behavior in pg_GSS_recvauth() goes back further, but it
didn't have anything to be inconsistent with, so let it be.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2187460.1609263156@sss.pgh.pa.us
IF NOT EXISTS was ignored when specified in an EXPLAIN query for CREATE
MATERIALIZED VIEW or CREATE TABLE AS. Hence, if this clause was
specified, the caller would get a failure if the relation already
exists instead of a success with a NOTICE message.
This commit makes the behavior of IF NOT EXISTS in EXPLAIN consistent
with the non-EXPLAIN'd DDL queries, preventing a failure with IF NOT
EXISTS if the relation to-be-created already exists. The skip is done
before the SELECT query used for the relation is planned or executed,
and a "dummy" plan is generated instead depending on the format used by
EXPLAIN.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Zhijie Hou, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVa3oJ9O_wcGd+FtHWZds04dEKcakxphGz5POVgD4wC7Q@mail.gmail.com
This adds six methods to the output plugin API, adding support for
streaming changes of two-phase transactions at prepare time.
* begin_prepare
* filter_prepare
* prepare
* commit_prepared
* rollback_prepared
* stream_prepare
Most of this is a simple extension of the existing methods, with the
semantic difference that the transaction is not yet committed and maybe
aborted later.
Until now two-phase transactions were translated into regular transactions
on the subscriber, and the GID was not forwarded to it. None of the
two-phase commands were communicated to the subscriber.
This patch provides the infrastructure for logical decoding plugins to be
informed of two-phase commands Like PREPARE TRANSACTION, COMMIT PREPARED
and ROLLBACK PREPARED commands with the corresponding GID.
This also extends the 'test_decoding' plugin, implementing these new
methods.
This commit simply adds these new APIs and the upcoming patch to "allow
the decoding at prepare time in ReorderBuffer" will use these APIs.
Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila based on previous work by Nikhil Sontakke and Stas Kelvich
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Peter Smith, Sawada Masahiko, and Dilip Kumar
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/02DA5F5E-CECE-4D9C-8B4B-418077E2C010@postgrespro.ruhttps://postgr.es/m/CAMGcDxeqEpWj3fTXwqhSwBdXd2RS9jzwWscO-XbeCfso6ts3+Q@mail.gmail.com
When the postmaster sends SIGQUIT to its children, there's no real
need for all the children to log that fact; the postmaster already
made a log entry about it, so adding perhaps dozens or hundreds of
child-process log entries adds nothing of value. So, let's introduce
a new ereport level to specify "WARNING, but never send to log" and
use that for these messages.
Such a change wouldn't have been desirable before commit 7e784d1dc,
because if someone manually SIGQUIT's a backend, we *do* want to log
that. But now we can tell the difference between a signal that was
issued by the postmaster and one that was not with reasonable
certainty.
While we're here, also clear error_context_stack before ereport'ing,
to prevent error callbacks from being invoked in the signal-handler
context. This should reduce the odds of getting hung up while trying
to notify the client.
Per a suggestion from Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201225230331.hru3u6obyy6j53tk@alap3.anarazel.de
6df7a9698b has introduced a set of operators between ranges and multiranges.
Existing GiST indexes for ranges could easily support majority of them.
This commit adds support for new operators to the existing range GiST indexes.
New operators resides the same strategy numbers as existing ones. Appropriate
check function is determined using the subtype.
Catversion is bumped.
There is a set of *_internal() functions exposed in
include/utils/multirangetypes.h. This commit improves the signatures of these
functions in two ways.
* Add const qualifies where applicable.
* Replace multirange typecache argument with range typecache argument.
Multirange typecache was used solely to find the range typecache. At the
same time, range typecache is easier for the caller to find.
We have operators for checking if the multirange contains a range but don't
have the opposite. This commit improves completeness of the operator set by
adding two new operators: @> (anyrange,anymultirange) and
<@(anymultirange,anyrange).
Catversion is bumped.
Two functions multirange_range_overlaps_bsearch_comparison() and
multirange_range_contains_bsearch_comparison() contain bugs of returning -1
instead of 1. This commit fixes these bugs and adds corresponding regression
tests.
Include details on whether GSS encryption has been activated;
since we added "hostgssenc" type HBA entries, that's relevant info.
Kyotaro Horiguchi and Tom Lane. Back-patch to v12 where
GSS encryption was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e5b0b6ed05764324a2f3fe7acfc766d5@smhi.se
Unrecoverable errors detected by GSSAPI encryption can't just be
reported with elog(ERROR) or elog(FATAL), because attempting to
send the error report to the client is likely to lead to infinite
recursion or loss of protocol sync. Instead make this code do what
the SSL encryption code has long done, which is to just report any
such failure to the server log (with elevel COMMERROR), then pretend
we've lost the connection by returning errno = ECONNRESET.
Along the way, fix confusion about whether message translation is done
by pg_GSS_error() or its callers (the latter should do it), and make
the backend version of that function work more like the frontend
version.
Avoid allocating the port->gss struct until it's needed; we surely
don't need to allocate it in the postmaster.
Improve logging of "connection authorized" messages with GSS enabled.
(As part of this, I back-patched the code changes from dc11f31a1.)
Make BackendStatusShmemSize() account for the GSS-related space that
will be allocated by CreateSharedBackendStatus(). This omission
could possibly cause out-of-shared-memory problems with very high
max_connections settings.
Remove arbitrary, pointless restriction that only GSS authentication
can be used on a GSS-encrypted connection.
Improve documentation; notably, document the fact that libpq now
prefers GSS encryption over SSL encryption if both are possible.
Per report from Mikael Gustavsson. Back-patch to v12 where
this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e5b0b6ed05764324a2f3fe7acfc766d5@smhi.se
The code in charge of processing a single invalidation message has been
using since 568d413 the structure for relation mapping messages. This
had fortunately no consequence as both locate the database ID at the
same location, but it could become a problem in the future if this area
of the code changes.
Author: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8044c223-4d3a-2cdb-42bf-29940840ce94@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 9.5
The patch needs test cases, reorganization, and cfbot testing.
Technically reverts commits 5c31afc49d..e35b2bad1a (exclusive/inclusive)
and 08db7c63f3..ccbe34139b.
Reported-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1ktAAG-0002V2-VB@gemulon.postgresql.org
Before processing tuples, agg_refill_hash_table() was setting all
pergroup pointers to NULL to signal to advance_aggregates() that it
should not attempt to advance groups that had spilled.
The problem was that it also set the pergroups for sorted grouping
sets to NULL, which caused rescanning to fail.
Instead, change agg_refill_hash_table() to only set the pergroups for
hashed grouping sets to NULL; and when compiling the expression, pass
doSort=false.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16784-7ff169bf2c3d1588%40postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 13
This makes existing sessions reflect "ALTER ROLE ... [NO]INHERIT" as
quickly as they have been reflecting "GRANT role_name". Back-patch to
9.5 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Nathan Bossart.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201221095028.GB3777719@rfd.leadboat.com
This adds a key management system that stores (currently) two data
encryption keys of length 128, 192, or 256 bits. The data keys are
AES256 encrypted using a key encryption key, and validated via GCM
cipher mode. A command to obtain the key encryption key must be
specified at initdb time, and will be run at every database server
start. New parameters allow a file descriptor open to the terminal to
be passed. pg_upgrade support has also been added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k7q5o6Nc_AaX6BcYM9yqTbC6_pnH-6nSD=54Zp6NBQTCQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201202213814.GG20285@momjian.us
Author: Masahiko Sawada, me, Stephen Frost
If a database shutdown (smart or fast) is commanded between the time
some process decides to request a new background worker and the time
that the postmaster can launch that worker, then nothing happens
because the postmaster won't launch any bgworkers once it's exited
PM_RUN state. This is fine ... unless the requesting process is
waiting for that worker to finish (or even for it to start); in that
case the requestor is stuck, and only manual intervention will get us
to the point of being able to shut down.
To fix, cancel pending requests for workers when the postmaster sends
shutdown (SIGTERM) signals, and similarly cancel any new requests that
arrive after that point. (We can optimize things slightly by only
doing the cancellation for workers that have waiters.) To fit within
the existing bgworker APIs, the "cancel" is made to look like the
worker was started and immediately stopped, causing deregistration of
the bgworker entry. Waiting processes would have to deal with
premature worker exit anyway, so this should introduce no bugs that
weren't there before. We do have a side effect that registration
records for restartable bgworkers might disappear when theoretically
they should have remained in place; but since we're shutting down,
that shouldn't matter.
Back-patch to v10. There might be value in putting this into 9.6
as well, but the management of bgworkers is a bit different there
(notably see 8ff518699) and I'm not convinced it's worth the effort
to validate the patch for that branch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/661570.1608673226@sss.pgh.pa.us
Up to now, if the DBA issued "pg_ctl stop -m immediate", the message
sent to clients was the same as for a crash-and-restart situation.
This is confusing, not least because the message claims that the
database will soon be up again, something we have no business
predicting.
Improve things so that we can generate distinct messages for the two
cases (and also recognize an ad-hoc SIGQUIT, should somebody try that).
To do that, add a field to pmsignal.c's shared memory data structure
that the postmaster sets just before broadcasting SIGQUIT to its
children. No interlocking seems to be necessary; the intervening
signal-sending and signal-receipt should sufficiently serialize accesses
to the field. Hence, this isn't any riskier than the existing usages
of pmsignal.c.
We might in future extend this idea to improve other
postmaster-to-children signal scenarios, although none of them
currently seem to be as badly overloaded as SIGQUIT.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/559291.1608587013@sss.pgh.pa.us
The parsing of this parameter has been using strtoul(), which is not
portable across platforms. On most Unix platforms, unsigned long has a
size of 64 bits, while on Windows it is 32 bits. It is common in
recovery scenarios to rely on the output of txid_current() or even the
newer pg_current_xact_id() to get a transaction ID for setting up
recovery_target_xid. The value returned by those functions includes the
epoch in the computed result, which would cause strtoul() to fail where
unsigned long has a size of 32 bits once the epoch is incremented.
WAL records and 2PC data include only information about 32-bit XIDs and
it is not possible to have XIDs across more than one epoch, so
discarding the high bits from the transaction ID set has no impact on
recovery. On the contrary, the use of strtoul() prevents a consistent
behavior across platforms depending on the size of unsigned long.
This commit changes the parsing of recovery_target_xid to use
pg_strtouint64() instead, available down to 9.6. There is one TAP test
stressing recovery with recovery_target_xid, where a tweak based on
pg_reset{xlog,wal} is added to bump the XID epoch so as this change gets
tested, as per an idea from Alexander Lakhin.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16780-107fd0c0385b1035@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 9.6
While prepare_sort_from_pathkeys has to be concerned about matching up
a volatile expression to the proper tlist entry, we don't need to do
that in find_em_expr_usable_for_sorting_rel becausee such a sort will
have to be postponed anyway.
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs%3DhC0mSksZC%3DH5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg%40mail.gmail.com
While we do allow SRFs in ORDER BY, scan/join processing should not
consider such cases - such sorts should only happen via final Sort atop
a ProjectSet. So make sure we don't try adding such sorts below Gather
Merge, just like we do for expressions that are volatile and/or not
parallel safe.
Backpatch to PostgreSQL 13, where this code was introduced as part of
the Incremental Sort patch.
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs=hC0mSksZC=H5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/295524.1606246314%40sss.pgh.pa.us
The jsonb || jsonb operator arbitrarily rejected certain combinations
of scalar and non-scalar inputs, while being willing to concatenate
other combinations. This was of course quite undocumented. Rather
than trying to document it, let's just remove the restriction,
creating a uniform rule that unless we are handling an object-to-object
concatenation, non-array inputs are converted to one-element arrays,
resulting in an array-to-array concatenation. (This does not change
the behavior for any case that didn't throw an error before.)
Per complaint from Joel Jacobson. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/163099.1608312033@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit ebb7ae839d ensured we ignore pathkeys with volatile expressions
when considering adding a sort below a Gather Merge. Turns out we need
to care about parallel safety of the pathkeys too, otherwise we might
try sorting e.g. on results of a correlated subquery (as demonstrated
by a report from Luis Roberto).
Initial investigation by Tom Lane, patch by James Coleman. Backpatch
to 13, where the code was instroduced (as part of Incremental Sort).
Reported-by: Luis Roberto
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/622580997.37108180.1604080457319.JavaMail.zimbra%40siscobra.com.br
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs=hC0mSksZC=H5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg@mail.gmail.com
generate_useful_gather_paths used to skip unsorted paths (without any
pathkeys), but that is unnecessary - the later code actually can handle
such paths just fine by adding a Sort node. This is clearly a thinko,
preventing construction of useful plans.
Backpatch to 13, where Incremental Sort was introduced.
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs=hC0mSksZC=H5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg@mail.gmail.com
The same logic was present for collation commands, SASLprep and
pgcrypto, so this removes some code.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X9womIn6rne6Gud2@paquier.xyz
6df7a9698b introduces multirange types, whose typanalyze function shares
infrastructure with range types typanalyze function. Since 6df7a9698b,
information about type gathered by statistics is filled from typcache.
But typalign is mistakenly always set to double. This commit fixes this
oversight.
Same type of issue as in commit 53d4f5fef and earlier fixes; also
found by apparently-more-picky-than-the-buildfarm valgrind testing.
This one is an oversight in commit 986816750. Since that's new in
HEAD, no need for a back-patch.
Multiranges are basically sorted arrays of non-overlapping ranges with
set-theoretic operations defined over them.
Since v14, each range type automatically gets a corresponding multirange
datatype. There are both manual and automatic mechanisms for naming multirange
types. Once can specify multirange type name using multirange_type_name
attribute in CREATE TYPE. Otherwise, a multirange type name is generated
automatically. If the range type name contains "range" then we change that to
"multirange". Otherwise, we add "_multirange" to the end.
Implementation of multiranges comes with a space-efficient internal
representation format, which evades extra paddings and duplicated storage of
oids. Altogether this format allows fetching a particular range by its index
in O(n).
Statistic gathering and selectivity estimation are implemented for multiranges.
For this purpose, stored multirange is approximated as union range without gaps.
This field will likely need improvements in the future.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNJ-vSUpQ_Y%3DjXvTxt1VYFztaBSsWVXeF1y6gTYQ4bOiWDLgQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a0b8026459d1e6167933be2104a6174e7d40d0ab.camel%40j-davis.com#fe7218c83b08068bfffb0c5293eceda0
Author: Paul Jungwirth, revised by me
Reviewed-by: David Fetter, Corey Huinker, Jeff Davis, Pavel Stehule
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Isaac Morland, David G. Johnston
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu, Alexander Korotkov
The comments atop of this function describes behaviour in case of a
transactional WAL message only, but it accepts both transactional and
non-transactional WAL messages. Update the comments to describe
behaviour in case of non-transactional WAL message as well.
Ashutosh Bapat, rephrased by Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGEoWWTTzNzHOi8bj0wfAo1siGi-YEh6wqH1oaz4DrkTJ6HbTQ@mail.gmail.com
A narrow reading of the C standard says that memcpy(x,x,n) is undefined,
although it's hard to envision an implementation that would really
misbehave. However, analysis tools such as valgrind might whine about
this; accordingly, let's band-aid relmapper.c to not do it.
See also 5b630501e, d3f4e8a8a, ad7b48ea0, and other similar fixes.
Apparently, none of those folk tried valgrinding initdb? This has been
like this for long enough that I'm surprised it hasn't been reported
before.
Back-patch, just in case anybody wants to use a back branch on a platform
that complains about this; we back-patched those earlier fixes too.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161790.1608310142@sss.pgh.pa.us
Revert ac22929a26, as well as the followup fix 113d3591b8. Because it broke
the assumption that the startup process waiting for the recovery conflict
on buffer pin should be waken up only by buffer unpin or the timeout enabled
in ResolveRecoveryConflictWithBufferPin(). It caused, for example,
SIGHUP signal handler or walreceiver process to wake that startup process
up unnecessarily frequently.
Additionally, add the comments about why that dedicated latch that
the reverted patch tried to get rid of should not be removed.
Thanks to Kyotaro Horiguchi for the discussion.
Author: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d8c0c608-021b-3c73-fffd-3240829ee986@oss.nttdata.com
"Ordering stuff" refered to a _bt_first() call to _bt_orderkeys().
However, the _bt_orderkeys() function was renamed to
_bt_preprocess_keys() by commit fa5c8a055a.
_bt_preprocess_keys() is directly referenced just after the removed
comment already, which seems sufficient.
To build Gather Merge path, the input needs to be sufficiently sorted.
Ensuring this is the responsibility of the code constructing the paths,
but create_gather_merge_plan tried to handle unsorted paths by adding
an explicit Sort. In light of the recent issues related to Incremental
Sort, this is rather fragile. Some of the expressions may be volatile
or parallel unsafe, in which case we can't add the Sort here.
We could do more checks and add the Sort in at least some cases, but
it seems cleaner to just error out and make it clear this is a bug in
code constructing those paths.
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs%3DhC0mSksZC%3DH5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeNaxpXgBVcRhJX%2B2vSbq%2BF2kJqGBcvompmpvXb7pq%2BoFA%40mail.gmail.com
Invent a new flag bit HASH_STRINGS to specify C-string hashing, which
was formerly the default; and add assertions insisting that exactly
one of the bits HASH_STRINGS, HASH_BLOBS, and HASH_FUNCTION be set.
This is in hopes of preventing recurrences of the type of oversight
fixed in commit a1b8aa1e4 (i.e., mistakenly omitting HASH_BLOBS).
Also, when HASH_STRINGS is specified, insist that the keysize be
more than 8 bytes. This is a heuristic, but it should catch
accidental use of HASH_STRINGS for integer or pointer keys.
(Nearly all existing use-cases set the keysize to NAMEDATALEN or
more, so there's little reason to think this restriction should
be problematic.)
Tweak hash_create() to insist that the HASH_ELEM flag be set, and
remove the defaults it had for keysize and entrysize. Since those
defaults were undocumented and basically useless, no callers
omitted HASH_ELEM anyway.
Also, remove memset's zeroing the HASHCTL parameter struct from
those callers that had one. This has never been really necessary,
and while it wasn't a bad coding convention it was confusing that
some callers did it and some did not. We might as well save a few
cycles by standardizing on "not".
Also improve the documentation for hash_create().
In passing, improve reinit.c's usage of a hash table by storing
the key as a binary Oid rather than a string; and, since that's
a temporary hash table, allocate it in CurrentMemoryContext for
neatness.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/590625.1607878171@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is done for end-of-recovery and shutdown checkpoints/restartpoints
(end-of-recovery restartpoints don't exist) rather than all types of
checkpoints, in cases where it may not be possible to rely on
pg_stat_activity to get a status from the startup or checkpointer
processes.
For example, at the end of a crash recovery, this is useful to know if a
checkpoint is running in the startup process, while previously the ps
display may only show some information about "recovering" something,
that can be confusing while a checkpoint runs.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Kirk Jamison, Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200818225238.GP17022@telsasoft.com
This is essential if we'd like to allow existing extension data types
to support subscripting in future, since dropping and recreating the
type isn't a practical thing for an extension upgrade script, and
direct manipulation of pg_type isn't a great answer either.
There was some discussion about also allowing alteration of typelem,
but it's less clear whether that's a good idea or not, so for now
I forebore.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3724341.1607551174@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit c7aba7c14 didn't add this, but after more fooling with the
feature I feel that it'd be useful. To make this possible, refactor
getSubscriptingRoutines() so that the caller is responsible for
throwing any error. (In clauses.c, I just chose to make the
most conservative assumption rather than throwing an error. We don't
expect failures there anyway really, so the code space for an error
message would be a poor investment.)
This patch generalizes the subscripting infrastructure so that any
data type can be subscripted, if it provides a handler function to
define what that means. Traditional variable-length (varlena) arrays
all use array_subscript_handler(), while the existing fixed-length
types that support subscripting use raw_array_subscript_handler().
It's expected that other types that want to use subscripting notation
will define their own handlers. (This patch provides no such new
features, though; it only lays the foundation for them.)
To do this, move the parser's semantic processing of subscripts
(including coercion to whatever data type is required) into a
method callback supplied by the handler. On the execution side,
replace the ExecEvalSubscriptingRef* layer of functions with direct
calls to callback-supplied execution routines. (Thus, essentially
no new run-time overhead should be caused by this patch. Indeed,
there is room to remove some overhead by supplying specialized
execution routines. This patch does a little bit in that line,
but more could be done.)
Additional work is required here and there to remove formerly
hard-wired assumptions about the result type, collation, etc
of a SubscriptingRef expression node; and to remove assumptions
that the subscript values must be integers.
One useful side-effect of this is that we now have a less squishy
mechanism for identifying whether a data type is a "true" array:
instead of wiring in weird rules about typlen, we can look to see
if pg_type.typsubscript == F_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_HANDLER. For this
to be bulletproof, we have to forbid user-defined types from using
that handler directly; but there seems no good reason for them to
do so.
This patch also removes assumptions that the number of subscripts
is limited to MAXDIM (6), or indeed has any hard-wired limit.
That limit still applies to types handled by array_subscript_handler
or raw_array_subscript_handler, but to discourage other dependencies
on this constant, I've moved it from c.h to utils/array.h.
Dmitry Dolgov, reviewed at various times by Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov,
Peter Eisentraut, Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVDuGBv=M0FqBYX8DPebS3F_0KQ6OVFobGJPM507_SZ_w@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVovR+XY4mfk-7oNk-rF91gH0PebnNfuUjuuDsyHjOcVA@mail.gmail.com
It was still using a scan of pg_depend instead of using the conindid
column that has been added since.
Since it is now just a catalog lookup wrapper and not related to
pg_depend, move from pg_depend.c to lsyscache.c.
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4688d55c-9a2e-9a5a-d166-5f24fe0bf8db%40enterprisedb.com
It is error prone (see 5da871bfa1) and verbose to manually create function
types. Add a helper that can reference a function pointer type via
llvmjit_types.c and and convert existing instances of manual creation.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201207212142.wz5tnbk2jsaqzogb@alap3.anarazel.de
array_get_element and array_get_slice qualify as leakproof, since
they will silently return NULL for bogus subscripts. But
array_set_element and array_set_slice throw errors for such cases,
making them clearly not leakproof. contain_leaked_vars was evidently
written with only the former case in mind, as it gave the wrong answer
for assignment SubscriptingRefs (nee ArrayRefs).
This would be a live security bug, were it not that assignment
SubscriptingRefs can only occur in INSERT and UPDATE target lists,
while we only care about leakproofness for qual expressions; so the
wrong answer can't occur in practice. Still, that's a rather shaky
answer for a security-related question; and maybe in future somebody
will want to ask about leakproofness of a tlist. So it seems wise to
fix and even back-patch this correction.
(We would need some change here anyway for the upcoming
generic-subscripting patch, since extensions might make different
tradeoffs about whether to throw errors. Commit 558d77f20 attempted
to lay groundwork for that by asking check_functions_in_node whether a
SubscriptingRef contains leaky functions; but that idea fails now that
the implementation methods of a SubscriptingRef are not SQL-visible
functions that could be marked leakproof or not.)
Back-patch to 9.6. While 9.5 has the same issue, the code's a bit
different. It seems quite unlikely that we'd introduce any actual bug
in the short time 9.5 has left to live, so the work/risk/reward balance
isn't attractive for changing 9.5.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3143742.1607368115@sss.pgh.pa.us
This GUC was always intended as a temporary solution to help with
finding 9.4-to-9.5 migration issues. Now that all pre-9.5 branches
are out of support, and 9.5 will be too before v14 is released,
it seems like it's okay to drop it. Doing so allows removal of
several hundred lines of poorly-tested code in parse_expr.c,
which have been a fertile source of bugs when people did use this.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2234320.1607117945@sss.pgh.pa.us
Formerly, extended statistics only handled clauses that were
RestrictInfos. However, the restrictinfo machinery doesn't create
sub-AND RestrictInfos for AND clauses underneath OR clauses.
Therefore teach extended statistics to handle bare AND clauses,
looking for compatible RestrictInfo clauses underneath them.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tomas Vondra.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCW=J65GUFm50RcPv-iASnS2mTXQbr=CfBvWRVhFLJ_fWA@mail.gmail.com
When estimating an OR clause using multiple extended statistics
objects, treat the estimates for each set of clauses for each
statistics object as independent of one another. The overlap estimates
produced for each statistics object do not apply to clauses covered by
other statistics objects.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tomas Vondra.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCW=J65GUFm50RcPv-iASnS2mTXQbr=CfBvWRVhFLJ_fWA@mail.gmail.com
After autovacuum collects the relations to vacuum or analyze, it rechecks
whether each relation still needs to be vacuumed or analyzed before actually
doing that. Previously this recheck could be a significant overhead
especially when there were a very large number of relations. This was
because each recheck forced the statistics to be refreshed, and the refresh
of the statistics for a very large number of relations could cause heavy
overhead. There was the report that this issue caused autovacuum workers
to have gotten “stuck” in a tight loop of table_recheck_autovac() that
rechecks whether a relation needs to be vacuumed or analyzed.
This commit speeds up the recheck by making autovacuum worker reuse
the previously-read statistics for the recheck if possible. Then if that
"stale" statistics says that a relation still needs to be vacuumed or analyzed,
autovacuum refreshes the statistics and does the recheck again.
The benchmark shows that the more relations exist and autovacuum workers
are running concurrently, the more this change reduces the autovacuum
execution time. For example, when there are 20,000 tables and 10 autovacuum
workers are running, the benchmark showed that the change improved
the performance of autovacuum more than three times. On the other hand,
even when there are only 1000 tables and only a single autovacuum worker
is running, the benchmark didn't show any big performance regression by
the change.
Firstly POC patch was proposed by Jim Nasby. As the result of discussion,
we used Tatsuhito Kasahara's version of the patch using the approach
suggested by Tom Lane.
Reported-by: Jim Nasby
Author: Tatsuhito Kasahara
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3FC6C2F2-8A47-44C0-B997-28830B5716D0@amazon.com
clang only uses the 'i1' type for scalar booleans, not for pointers to
booleans (as the pointer might be pointing into a larger memory
allocation). Therefore a pointer-to-bool needs to the "storage" boolean.
There's no known case of wrong code generation due to this, but it seems quite
possible that it could cause problems (see e.g. 72559438f9).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201207212142.wz5tnbk2jsaqzogb@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-, where jit support was added
pg_database.datfrozenxid gets updated using an in-place update at the
end of vacuum or autovacuum. Since 96cdeae, as pg_database has a toast
relation, it is possible for a pg_database tuple to have toast values
if there is a large set of ACLs in place. In such a case, the in-place
update would fail because of the flattening of the toast values done for
the catcache entry fetched. Instead of using a copy from the catcache,
this changes the logic to fetch the copy of the tuple by directly
scanning pg_database.
Per the lack of complaints on the matter, no backpatch is done. Note
that before 96cdeae, attempting to insert such a tuple to pg_database
would cause a "row is too big" error, so the end-of-vacuum problem was
not reachable.
Author: Ashwin Agrawal, Junfeng Yang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DM5PR0501MB38800D9E4605BCA72DD35557CCE10@DM5PR0501MB3880.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
Commit 4be058fe9 forgot that the append_rel_list would already be
populated at the time we remove useless result RTEs, and it might contain
PlaceHolderVars that need to be adjusted like the ones in the main parse
tree. This could lead to "no relation entry for relid N" failures later
on, when the planner tries to do something with an unadjusted PHV.
Per report from Tom Ellis. Back-patch to v12 where the bug came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201205173056.GF30712@cloudinit-builder
User-visible log messages should go through ereport(), so they are
subject to translation. Many remaining elog(LOG) calls are really
debugging calls.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/92d6f545-5102-65d8-3c87-489f71ea0a37%40enterprisedb.com
We start recording changes in ReorderBufferTXN even before we reach
SNAPBUILD_CONSISTENT state so that if the commit is encountered after
reaching that we should be able to send the changes of the entire transaction.
Now, while recording changes if the reorder buffer memory has exceeded
logical_decoding_work_mem then we can start streaming if it is allowed and
we haven't yet streamed that data. However, we must not allow streaming to
start unless the snapshot has reached SNAPBUILD_CONSISTENT state.
In passing, improve the comments atop ReorderBufferResetTXN to mention the
case when we need to continue streaming after getting an error.
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KoOH0byboyYY40NBcC7Fe812trwTa+WY3jQF7WQWZbQg@mail.gmail.com
87ae969 has created two new files called cryptohash{_openssl}.c in
src/common/, whose names overlap with the existing backend file called
cryptohashes.c dedicated to the SQL wrappers for SHA2 and MD5. This
file is renamed to cryptohashfuncs.c to be more consistent with the
surroundings and reduce the confusion with the new cryptohash interface
of src/common/.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X8hHhaQgbMbW+aGU@paquier.xyz
The use of low-level hash routines is not recommended by upstream
OpenSSL since 2000, and pgcrypto already switched to EVP as of 5ff4a67.
This takes advantage of the refactoring done in 87ae969 that has
introduced the allocation and free routines for cryptographic hashes.
Since 1.1.0, OpenSSL does not publish the contents of the cryptohash
contexts, forcing any consumers to rely on OpenSSL for all allocations.
Hence, the resource owner callback mechanism gains a new set of routines
to track and free cryptohash contexts when using OpenSSL, preventing any
risks of leaks in the backend. Nothing is needed in the frontend thanks
to the refactoring of 87ae969, and the resowner knowledge is isolated
into cryptohash_openssl.c.
Note that this also fixes a failure with SCRAM authentication when using
FIPS in OpenSSL, but as there have been few complaints about this
problem and as this causes an ABI breakage, no backpatch is done.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200924025314.GE7405@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180911030250.GA27115@paquier.xyz
Formerly we only applied extended statistics to an OR clause as part
of the clauselist_selectivity() code path for an OR clause appearing
in an implicitly-ANDed list of clauses. This meant that it could only
use extended statistics if all sub-clauses of the OR clause were
covered by a single extended statistics object.
Instead, teach clause_selectivity() how to apply extended statistics
to an OR clause by handling its ORed list of sub-clauses in a similar
manner to an implicitly-ANDed list of sub-clauses, but with different
combination rules. This allows one or more extended statistics objects
to be used to estimate all or part of the list of sub-clauses. Any
remaining sub-clauses are then treated as if they are independent.
Additionally, to avoid double-application of extended statistics, this
introduces "extended" versions of clause_selectivity() and
clauselist_selectivity(), which include an option to ignore extended
statistics. This replaces the old clauselist_selectivity_simple()
function which failed to completely ignore extended statistics when
called from the extended statistics code.
A known limitation of the current infrastructure is that an AND clause
under an OR clause is not treated as compatible with extended
statistics (because we don't build RestrictInfos for such sub-AND
clauses). Thus, for example, "(a=1 AND b=1) OR (a=2 AND b=2)" will
currently be treated as two independent AND clauses (each of which may
be estimated using extended statistics), but extended statistics will
not currently be used to account for any possible overlap between
those clauses. Improving that is left as a task for the future.
Original patch by Tomas Vondra, with additional improvements by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200113230008.g67iyk4cs3xbnjju@development
This changes CLUSTER and REINDEX so as a parenthesized grammar becomes
possible for options, while unifying the grammar parsing rules for
option lists with the existing ones.
This is a follow-up of the work done in 873ea9e for VACUUM, ANALYZE and
EXPLAIN. This benefits REINDEX for a potential backend-side filtering
for collatable-sensitive indexes and TABLESPACE, while CLUSTER would
benefit from the latter.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
GSS information (if used) such as if the connection was authorized using
GSS or if it was encrypted using GSS, and perhaps most importantly, what
the GSS principal used for the authentication was, is extremely useful
but wasn't being included in the connection authorized log message.
Therefore, add to the connection authorized log message that
information, in a similar manner to how we log SSL information when SSL
is used for a connection.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm2N1385_Ltoo%3DS7VGT-ESu_bRQa-sC1wg6ikrM2L2Z49w%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 6b466bf5f2 allowed pg_stat_statements to track the number of
WAL records, full page images and bytes that each statement generated.
Similarly this commit allows us to track the cluster-wide WAL statistics
counters.
New columns wal_records, wal_fpi and wal_bytes are added into the
pg_stat_wal view, and reports the total number of WAL records,
full page images and bytes generated in the , respectively.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Movead Li, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/35ef960128b90bfae3b3fdf60a3a860f@oss.nttdata.com
This commit changes restore_command from PGC_POSTMASTER to PGC_SIGHUP.
As the side effect of this commit, restore_command can be reset to
empty during archive recovery. In this setting, archive recovery
tries to replay only WAL files available in pg_wal directory. This is
the same behavior as when the command that always fails is specified
in restore_command.
Note that restore_command still must be specified (not empty) when
starting archive recovery, even after applying this commit. This is
necessary as the safeguard to prevent users from forgetting to
specify restore_command and starting archive recovery.
Thanks to Peter Eisentraut, Michael Paquier, Andres Freund,
Robert Haas and Anastasia Lubennikova for discussion.
Author: Sergei Kornilov
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2317771549527294@sas2-985f744271ca.qloud-c.yandex.net
Two new routines to allocate a hash context and to free it are created,
as these become necessary for the goal behind this refactoring: switch
the all cryptohash implementations for OpenSSL to use EVP (for FIPS and
also because upstream does not recommend the use of low-level cryptohash
functions for 20 years). Note that OpenSSL hides the internals of
cryptohash contexts since 1.1.0, so it is necessary to leave the
allocation to OpenSSL itself, explaining the need for those two new
routines. This part is going to require more work to properly track
hash contexts with resource owners, but this not introduced here.
Still, this refactoring makes the move possible.
This reduces the number of routines for all SHA2 implementations from
twelve (SHA{224,256,386,512} with init, update and final calls) to five
(create, free, init, update and final calls) by incorporating the hash
type directly into the hash context data.
The new cryptohash routines are moved to a new file, called cryptohash.c
for the fallback implementations, with SHA2 specifics becoming a part
internal to src/common/. OpenSSL specifics are part of
cryptohash_openssl.c. This infrastructure is usable for more hash
types, like MD5 or HMAC.
Any code paths using the internal SHA2 routines are adapted to report
correctly errors, which are most of the changes of this commit. The
zones mostly impacted are checksum manifests, libpq and SCRAM.
Note that e21cbb4 was a first attempt to switch SHA2 to EVP, but it
lacked the refactoring needed for libpq, as done here.
This patch has been tested on Linux and Windows, with and without
OpenSSL, and down to 1.0.1, the oldest version supported on HEAD.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200924025314.GE7405@paquier.xyz
As it stood, expandTableLikeClause() re-did the same relation_openrv
call that transformTableLikeClause() had done. However there are
scenarios where this would not find the same table as expected.
We hold lock on the LIKE source table, so it can't be renamed or
dropped, but another table could appear before it in the search path.
This explains the odd behavior reported in bug #16758 when cloning a
table as a temp table of the same name. This case worked as expected
before commit 502898192 introduced the need to open the source table
twice, so we should fix it.
To make really sure we get the same table, let's re-open it by OID not
name. That requires adding an OID field to struct TableLikeClause,
which is a little nervous-making from an ABI standpoint, but as long
as it's at the end I don't think there's any serious risk.
Per bug #16758 from Marc Boeren. Like the previous patch,
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16758-840e84a6cfab276d@postgresql.org
When committing a transaction that dropped a relation, we previously
truncated only the first segment file to free up disk space (the one
that won't be unlinked until the next checkpoint).
Truncate higher numbered segments too, even though we unlink them on
commit. This frees the disk space immediately, even if other backends
have open file descriptors and might take a long time to get around to
handling shared invalidation events and closing them. Also extend the
same behavior to the first segment, in recovery.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Bug: #16663
Reported-by: Denis Patron <denis.patron@previnet.it>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov <pashkin.elfe@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Chen <carpenter.nail.cz@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Zhang <david.zhang@highgo.ca>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16663-fe97ccf9932fc800%40postgresql.org
For debugging purposes, Path nodes are supposed to have outfuncs
support, but this was overlooked in the original incremental sort patch.
While at it, clean up a couple other minor oversights, as well as
bizarre choice of return type for create_incremental_sort_path().
(All the existing callers just cast it to "Path *" immediately, so
they don't care, but some future caller might care.)
outfuncs.c fix by Zhijie Hou, the rest by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/324c4d81d8134117972a5b1f6cdf9560@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
This can't work if there's no postmaster, and indeed the code got an
assertion failure trying. There should be a check on IsUnderPostmaster
gating the use of parallelism, as the planner has for ordinary
parallel queries.
Commit 40d964ec9 got this right, so follow its model of checking
IsUnderPostmaster at the same place where we check for
max_parallel_maintenance_workers == 0. In general, new code
implementing parallel utility operations should do the same.
Report and patch by Yulin Pei, cosmetically adjusted by me.
Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/HK0PR01MB22747D839F77142D7E76A45DF4F50@HK0PR01MB2274.apcprd01.prod.exchangelabs.com
If a PlaceHolderVar is to be evaluated at a join relation, but
its value is only needed there and not at higher levels, we neglected
to update the joinrel's direct_lateral_relids to include the PHV's
source rel. This causes problems because join_is_legal() then won't
allow joining the joinrel to the PHV's source rel at all, leading
to "failed to build any N-way joins" planner failures.
Per report from Andreas Seltenreich. Back-patch to 9.5
where the problem originated.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87blfgqa4t.fsf@aurora.ydns.eu
Those three commands have been using the same grammar rules to handle a
a list of parenthesized options. This refactors the code so as they use
the same parsing rules, shaving some code. A future commit will make
use of those option parsing rules for more utility commands, like
REINDEX and CLUSTER.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
Previously the shutdown of a background worker that uses die() as
SIGTERM signal handler produced the log message "terminating
connection due to administrator command". This log message was
confusing because a background worker is not a connection.
This commit improves that log message to "terminating background
worker XXX due to administrator command" (XXX is replaced with
the name of the background worker). This is the same log message
as another SIGTERM signal handler bgworker_die() for a background
worker reports.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3f292fbb-f155-9a01-7cb2-7ccc9007ab3f@oss.nttdata.com
Commit 566372b3d fixed some race conditions involving concurrent
SimpleLruTruncate calls, but it introduced new ones in async.c.
A newly-listening backend could attempt to read Notify SLRU pages that
were in process of being truncated, possibly causing an error. Also,
the QUEUE_TAIL pointer could become set to a value that's not equal to
the queue position of any backend. While that's fairly harmless in
v13 and up (thanks to commit 51004c717), in older branches it resulted
in near-permanent disabling of the queue truncation logic, so that
continued use of NOTIFY led to queue-fill warnings and eventual
inability to send any more notifies. (A server restart is enough to
make that go away, but it's still pretty unpleasant.)
The core of the problem is confusion about whether QUEUE_TAIL
represents the "logical" tail of the queue (i.e., the oldest
still-interesting data) or the "physical" tail (the oldest data we've
not yet truncated away). To fix, split that into two variables.
QUEUE_TAIL regains its definition as the logical tail, and we
introduce a new variable to track the oldest un-truncated page.
Per report from Mikael Gustavsson. Like the previous patch,
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1b8561412e8a4f038d7a491c8b922788@smhi.se
Previously pg_stat_progress_cluster view reported the current block
number in heap scan as the number of heap blocks scanned (i.e.,
heap_blks_scanned). This reported number could be incorrect when
synchronize_seqscans is enabled, because it allowed the heap scan to
start at block in middle. This could result in wraparounds in the
heap_blks_scanned column when the heap scan wrapped around.
This commit fixes the bug by calculating the number of blocks from
the block that the heap scan starts at to the current block in scan,
and reporting that number in the heap_blks_scanned column.
Also, in pg_stat_progress_cluster view, previously heap_blks_scanned
could not reach heap_blks_total at the end of heap scan phase
if the last pages scanned were empty. This commit fixes the bug by
manually updating heap_blks_scanned to the same value as
heap_blks_total when the heap scan phase finishes.
Back-patch to v12 where pg_stat_progress_cluster view was introduced.
Reported-by: Matthias van de Meent
Author: Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WjCBWSGkVfYag001Rc4+-nNLDpWM7QbyD6yPvuhKs-gYQ@mail.gmail.com
Tablesync worker runs under a single transaction but in streaming mode, we
were committing the transaction on stream_stop, stream_abort, and
stream_commit. We need to avoid committing the transaction in a streaming
mode in tablesync worker.
In passing move the call to process_syncing_tables in
apply_handle_stream_commit after clean up of stream files. This will
allow clean up of files to happen before the exit of tablesync worker
which would otherwise be handled by one of the proc exit routines.
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Peter Smith
Tested-by: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+Pt4PyKQCwqzQ=EFF=bpKKJD7XKt_S23F6L20ayQNxg77A@mail.gmail.com
Reverts 27838981be (some comments are kept). Per discussion, it does
not seem safe to relax the lock level used for this; in order for it to
be safe, there would have to be memory barriers between the point we set
the flag and the point we set the trasaction Xid, which perhaps would
not be so bad; but there would also have to be barriers at the readers'
side, which from a performance perspective might be bad.
Now maybe this analysis is wrong and it *is* safe for some reason, but
proof of that is not trivial.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201118190928.vnztes7c2sldu43a@alap3.anarazel.de
In the various waiting phases of CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY (CIC) and
REINDEX CONCURRENTLY (RC), we wait for other processes to release their
snapshots; this is necessary in general for correctness. However,
processes doing CIC in other tables cannot possibly affect CIC or RC
done in "this" table, so we don't need to wait for those. This commit
adds a flag in MyProc->statusFlags to indicate that the current process
is doing CIC, so that other processes doing CIC or RC can ignore it when
waiting.
Note that this logic is only valid if the index does not access other
tables. For simplicity we avoid setting the flag if the index has a
column that's an expression, or has a WHERE predicate. (It is possible
to have expressional or partial indexes that do not access other tables,
but figuring that out would require more work.)
This flag can potentially also be used by processes doing REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY to be skipped; and by VACUUM to ignore processes in CIC or
RC for the purposes of computing an Xmin. That's left for future
commits.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Dimitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200810233815.GA18970@alvherre.pgsql
Up to now, we sent a ParameterStatus message to the client immediately
upon any change in the active value of any GUC_REPORT variable. This
was only barely okay when the feature was designed; now that we have
things like function SET clauses, there are very plausible use-cases
where a GUC_REPORT variable might change many times within a query
--- and even end up back at its original value, perhaps. Fortunately
most of our GUC_REPORT variables are unlikely to be changed often;
but there are proposals in play to enlarge that set, or even make it
user-configurable.
Hence, let's fix things to not generate more than one ParameterStatus
message per variable per query, and to not send any message at all
unless the end-of-query value is different from what we last reported.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5708.1601145259@sss.pgh.pa.us
The hint "Is another postmaster already running ..." should only be
printed for errors that are really about something else already using
the address. In other cases it is misleading. So only show that hint
if errno == EADDRINUSE.
Also, since Unix-domain sockets in the file-system namespace never
report EADDRINUSE for an existing file (they would just overwrite it),
the part of the hint saying "If not, remove socket file \"%s\" and
retry." can never happen, so remove it. Unix-domain sockets in the
abstract namespace can report EADDRINUSE, but in that case there is no
file to remove, so the hint doesn't work there either.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6dee8574-b0ad-fc49-9c8c-2edc796f0033@2ndquadrant.com
This is a variant of the normal Unix-domain sockets that don't use the
file system but a separate "abstract" namespace. At the user
interface, such sockets are represented by names starting with "@".
Supported on Linux and Windows right now.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6dee8574-b0ad-fc49-9c8c-2edc796f0033@2ndquadrant.com
currtid() and currtid2() are an undocumented set of functions whose sole
known user is the Postgres ODBC driver, able to retrieve the latest TID
version for a tuple given by the caller of those functions.
As used by Postgres ODBC, currtid() is a shortcut able to retrieve the
last TID loaded into a backend by passing an OID of 0 (magic value)
after a tuple insertion. This is removed in this commit, as it became
obsolete after the driver began using "RETURNING ctid" with inserts, a
clause supported since Postgres 8.2 (using RETURNING is better for
performance anyway as it reduces the number of round-trips to the
backend).
currtid2() is still used by the driver, so this remains around for now.
Note that this function is kept in its original shape for backward
compatibility reasons.
Per discussion with many people, including Andres Freund, Peter
Eisentraut, Álvaro Herrera, Hiroshi Inoue, Tom Lane and myself.
Bump catalog version.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200603021448.GB89559@paquier.xyz
Previously this code assumed that all IndexScan nodes supported
mark/restore, which is not true since it depends on optional index AM
support functions. This could lead to errors about missing support
functions in rare edge cases of mergejoins with no sort keys, where an
unordered non-btree index scan was placed on the inner path without a
protecting Materialize node. (Normally, the fact that merge join
requires ordered input would avoid this error.)
Backpatch all the way since this bug is ancient.
Per report from Eugen Konkov on irc.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8jn50be.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
I'm having a hard time telling whether the letter of the C standard
requires this, but we do have a couple of buildfarm members that
throw warnings when this is not done. Oversight in c532d15dd.
While ereport() and elog() themselves are quite cheap when the
error message level is too low to be printed, some places need to do
substantial work before they can call those macros at all. To allow
optimizing away such setup work when nothing is to be printed, make
elog.c export a new function message_level_is_interesting(elevel)
that reports whether ereport/elog will do anything. Make use of that
in various places that had ad-hoc direct tests of log_min_messages etc.
Also teach ProcSleep to use it to avoid some work. (There may well
be other places that could usefully use this; I didn't search hard.)
Within elog.c, refactor a little bit to avoid having duplicate copies
of the policy-setting logic. When that code was written, we weren't
relying on the availability of inline functions; so it had some
duplications in the name of efficiency, which I got rid of.
Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/129515.1606166429@sss.pgh.pa.us
Here we use a bit of preprocessor trickery to coax supporting compilers
into laying out their generated code so that the code that's in the same
branch as elog(ERROR)/ereport(ERROR) calls is moved away from the hot
path. Effectively, this reduces the size of the hot code meaning that it
can sit on fewer cache lines.
Performance improvements of between 10-15% have been seen on highly CPU
bound workloads using pgbench's TPC-b benchmark.
What's achieved here is very similar to putting the error condition inside
an unlikely() macro. For example;
if (unlikely(x < 0))
elog(ERROR, "invalid x value");
now there's no need to make use of unlikely() here as the common macro
used by elog and ereport will now see that elevel is >= ERROR and make use
of a pg_attribute_cold marked version of errstart().
When elevel < ERROR or if it cannot be determined to be constant, the
original behavior is maintained.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrVpasrEzLL2er7p9iwZFZ%3DJj6WisePcFeunwfrV0js_A%40mail.gmail.com
While cancelling an autovacuum worker, we hold ProcArrayLock while
formatting a debugging log string. We can make this shorter by saving
the data we need to produce the message and doing the formatting outside
the locked region.
This isn't terribly critical, as it only occurs pretty rarely: when a
backend runs deadlock detection and it happens to be blocked by a
autovacuum running autovacuum. Still, there's no need to cause a hiccup
in ProcArrayLock processing, which can be very high-traffic in some
cases.
While at it, rework code so that we only print the string when it is
really going to be used, as suggested by Michael Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201118214127.GA3179@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Historically these were called >^ and <^, but that is inconsistent
with the similar box, polygon, and circle operators, which are named
|>> and <<| respectively. Worse, the >^ and <^ names are used for
*not* strict above/below tests for the box type.
Hence, invent new operators following the more common naming. The
old operators remain available for now, and are still accepted by
the relevant index opclasses too. But there's a deprecation notice,
so maybe we can get rid of them someday.
Emre Hasegeli, reviewed by Pavel Borisov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24348.1587444160@sss.pgh.pa.us
Clarify that you can "insert" into a generated column as long as what
you're inserting is a DEFAULT placeholder.
Also, use ERRCODE_GENERATED_ALWAYS in place of ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR;
there doesn't seem to be any reason to use the less specific errcode.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9q0sgcr416t.fsf@gmx.us
A few sanity checks in funcapi.c were not mentioning all the possible
clauses for failure, confusing developers who fat-fingered catalog data
additions. Make the errors more detailed to avoid wasting time in
pinpointing mistakes.
Per complaint from Craig Ringer.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YH7Kd87A3cU5m_wKo46HPQ46zFv5wesFNL0YWxkGhGv3g@mail.gmail.com
Copy.c has grown really large. Split it into more manageable parts:
- copy.c now contains only a few functions that are common to COPY FROM
and COPY TO.
- copyto.c contains code for COPY TO.
- copyfrom.c contains code for initializing COPY FROM, and inserting the
tuples to the correct table.
- copyfromparse.c contains code for reading from the client/file/program,
and parsing the input text/CSV/binary format into tuples.
All of these parts are fairly complicated, and fairly independent of each
other. There is a patch being discussed to implement parallel COPY FROM,
which will add a lot of new code to the COPY FROM path, and another patch
which would allow INSERTs to use the same multi-insert machinery as COPY
FROM, both of which will require refactoring that code. With those two
patches, there's going to be a lot of code churn in copy.c anyway, so now
seems like a good time to do this refactoring.
The CopyStateData struct is also split. All the formatting options, like
FORMAT, QUOTE, ESCAPE, are put in a new CopyFormatOption struct, which
is used by both COPY FROM and TO. Other state data are kept in separate
CopyFromStateData and CopyToStateData structs.
Reviewed-by: Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Erik Rijkers, Vignesh C, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/8e15b560-f387-7acc-ac90-763986617bfb%40iki.fi
One can say "INSERT INTO tab(generated_col) VALUES (DEFAULT)" and not
draw an error. But the equivalent case for a multi-row VALUES list
always threw an error, even if one properly said DEFAULT in each row.
Fix that. While here, improve the test cases for nearby logic about
OVERRIDING SYSTEM/USER values.
Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9q0sgcr416t.fsf@gmx.us
Since we're assuming IEEE floats these days, there seems little
reason not to do this. It has the advantage that when the slope is
computed as infinite due to the presence of Inf coordinates, we get
saner behavior than before from line_construct(), and thence also
in some dependent operations such as finding the closest point.
Also fix line_construct() to special-case slope zero. The previous
coding got the right answer in most cases, but it could compute
C as NaN when the point has Inf coordinates.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGf+fX70rWFOk5cd00uMfa__0yP+vtQg5ck7c2Onb-Yczp0URA@mail.gmail.com
"FPeq(infinity, infinity)" returned false, on account of getting NaN
when it subtracts the two inputs. Fix that by adding a separate
check for exact equality.
FPle() and FPge() similarly got the wrong answer for two like-signed
infinities. In those cases, we can just rearrange the comparisons
to avoid potentially subtracting infinities.
While the sibling functions FPne() etc accidentally gave the right
answers even with the internal NaN results, it seems best to make
similar adjustments to them to avoid depending on this.
FPeq() has to be converted to an inline function to avoid double
evaluations of its arguments, and I did the same for the others
just for consistency.
In passing, make the handling of NaN cases in line_eq() and
point_eq_point() simpler and easier to reason about, and perhaps
faster.
This results in just one visible regression test change: slope()
now gives DBL_MAX for two inputs of (inf,1e300), which is consistent
with what it does for (1e300,inf), so that seems like a bug fix.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGf+fX70rWFOk5cd00uMfa__0yP+vtQg5ck7c2Onb-Yczp0URA@mail.gmail.com
As per discussion with Peter Eisentraunt, the SQL standard specifies
that any tuple insertion done as part of CREATE TABLE AS happens without
any extra ACL check, so it makes little sense to keep a check for INSERT
privileges when using WITH DATA. Materialized views are not part of the
standard, but similarly, this check can be confusing as this refers to
an access check on a table created within the same command as the one
that would insert data into this table.
This commit removes the INSERT privilege check for WITH DATA, the
default, that 846005e removed partially, but only for WITH NO DATA.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d049c272-9a47-d783-46b0-46665b011598@enterprisedb.com
Previously, when restore_command claimed to succeed but failed to restore
the file with the right name, for example, due to mis-configuration of
restore_command, no log message was reported. Then the recovery failed
later with an error message not directly related to the issue.
This commit changes the recovery so that a log message is emitted in
this error case. This would enable us to investigate what happened in
this case more easily.
Author: Jeff Janes, Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1xkFs3Omp4JR4wMYWdam_KLuj6LXnTYfU8u3T0h=PLLMQ@mail.gmail.com
This feature was added a long time ago, in 7c1e67bd5 and eb121ba2c,
but never documented in any user-facing way. (Documentation added
in 6126d3e70 was commented out almost immediately, in 8272fc3f7.)
That's because, while this syntax is defined by SQL:99, our
implementation is only vaguely related to the standard's semantics.
The standard appears to intend a run-time not parse-time test, and
it definitely intends that the test should understand subtype
relationships.
No one has stepped up to fix that in the intervening years, but
people keep coming across the code and asking why it's not documented.
Let's just get rid of it: if anyone ever wants to make it work per
spec, they can easily recover whatever parts of this code are still
of value from our git history.
If there's anyone out there who's actually using this despite its
undocumented status, they can switch to using pg_typeof() instead,
eg. "pg_typeof(something) = 'mytype'::regtype". That gives
essentially the same semantics as what our IS OF code did.
(We didn't have that function last time this was discussed, or
we would have ripped out IS OF then.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwZ2pTc-DSkOiTfjauqLYkNREeNZvWmeg12Q-_69D+sYZA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BAY20-F23E9F2B4DAB3E4E88D3623F99B0@phx.gbl
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3E7CF81D.1000203@joeconway.com
Commit 502898192 was too careless about the order of execution of the
additional ALTER TABLE operations generated by expandTableLikeClause.
It just stuck them all at the end, which seems okay for most purposes.
But it falls down in the case where LIKE is importing a primary key
or unique index and the outer CREATE TABLE includes a FOREIGN KEY
constraint that needs to depend on that index. Weird as that is,
it used to work, so we ought to keep it working.
To fix, make parse_utilcmd.c insert LIKE clauses between index-creation
and FK-creation commands in the transformed list of commands, and change
utility.c so that the commands generated by expandTableLikeClause are
executed immediately not at the end. One could imagine scenarios where
this wouldn't work either; but currently expandTableLikeClause only
makes column default expressions, CHECK constraints, and indexes, and
this ordering seems fine for those.
Per bug #16730 from Sofoklis Papasofokli. Like the previous patch,
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16730-b902f7e6e0276b30@postgresql.org
Add hash functions for the record type as well as a hash operator
family and operator class for the record type. This enables all the
hash functionality for the record type such as hash-based plans for
UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT DISTINCT, recursive queries using UNION
DISTINCT, hash joins, and hash partitioning.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/38eccd35-4e2d-6767-1b3c-dada1eac3124%402ndquadrant.com
We don't actually need a lock to set PGPROC->statusFlags itself; what we
do need is a shared lock on either XidGenLock or ProcArrayLock in order to
ensure MyProc->pgxactoff keeps still while we modify the mirror array in
ProcGlobal->statusFlags. Some places were using an exclusive lock for
that, which is excessive. Relax those to use shared lock only.
procarray.c has a couple of places with somewhat brittle assumptions
about PGPROC changes: ProcArrayEndTransaction uses only shared lock, so
it's permissible to change MyProc only. On the other hand,
ProcArrayEndTransactionInternal also changes other procs, so it must
hold exclusive lock. Add asserts to ensure those assumptions continue
to hold.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201117155501.GA13805@alvherre.pgsql
Streamline handling of the various strategies that we have to avoid a
page split in nbtinsert.c. When it looks like a leaf page is about to
overflow, we now perform deleting LP_DEAD items and deduplication in one
central place. This greatly simplifies _bt_findinsertloc().
This has an independently useful consequence: nbtree no longer relies on
the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE page level flag/hint for anything important. We
still set and unset the flag in the same way as before, but it's no
longer treated as a gating condition when considering if we should check
for already-set LP_DEAD bits. This happens at the point where the page
looks like it might have to be split anyway, so simply checking the
LP_DEAD bits in passing is practically free. This avoids missing
LP_DEAD bits just because the page-level hint is unset, which is
probably reasonably common (e.g. it happens when VACUUM unsets the
page-level flag without actually removing index tuples whose LP_DEAD-bit
was set recently, after the VACUUM operation began but before it reached
the leaf page in question).
Note that this isn't a big behavioral change compared to PostgreSQL 13.
We were already checking for set LP_DEAD bits regardless of whether the
BTP_HAS_GARBAGE page level flag was set before we considered doing a
deduplication pass. This commit only goes slightly further by doing the
same check for all indexes, even indexes where deduplication won't be
performed.
We don't completely remove the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE flag. We still rely on
it as a gating condition with pg_upgrade'd indexes from before B-tree
version 4/PostgreSQL 12. That makes sense because we sometimes have to
make a choice among pages full of duplicates when inserting a tuple with
pre version 4 indexes. It probably still pays to avoid accessing the
line pointer array of a page there, since it won't yet be clear whether
we'll insert on to the page in question at all, let alone split it as a
result.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz%3DYpc1PDdk8OVJDChGJBjT06%3DA0Mbv9HyTLCsOknGcUFg%40mail.gmail.com
Stop naming special area/opaque pointer variables 'lpageop' in contexts
where it doesn't make sense. This is a holdover from a time when logic
that performs tasks that are now spread across _bt_insertonpg(),
_bt_findinsertloc(), and _bt_split() was more centralized. 'lpageop'
denotes "left page", which doesn't make sense outside of contexts in
which there isn't also a right page.
Also acquire page flag variables up front within _bt_insertonpg(). This
makes it closer to _bt_split() following refactoring commit bc3087b626.
This allows the page split and retail insert paths to both make use of
the same variables.
In streaming mode, the transaction can be decoded in multiple streams and
those streams can be interleaved with streams of other transactions. So,
we can't remember the transaction's write status in the logical decoding
context because that might get changed due to some other transactions and
lead to wrong answers for 'skip-empty-xacts' option. We decided to keep
each transaction's write status in the ReorderBufferTxn to avoid
interleaved streams changing the status of some unrelated transactions.
Diagnosed-by: Amit Kapila
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LR7=XNM_TLmpZMFuV8ZQpoxkem--NZJYf8YXmesbvwLA@mail.gmail.com
Otherwise, if FDDEBUG is enabled, the debugging output fails because
it tries to read the fileName, which isn't set up yet (and should in
fact always be NULL).
AFAICT, this has been wrong since Berkeley. Before 96bf88d52,
it would accidentally fail to crash on platforms where snprintf()
is forgiving about being passed a NULL pointer for %s; but the
file name intended to be included in the debug output wouldn't
ever have shown up.
Report and fix by Greg Nancarrow. Although this is only visibly
broken in custom-made builds, it still seems worth back-patching
to all supported branches, as the FDDEBUG code is pretty useless
as it stands.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-cUDgm9qYtC_B6XrC6MktMPNRby2p61EtSGZKnfotMArw@mail.gmail.com
Since this function is used as a CHECK constraint condition,
returning NULL is tantamount to returning TRUE, which would have the
effect of letting in a row that doesn't satisfy the hash condition.
Admittedly, the cases for which this is done should be unreachable
in practice, but that doesn't make it any less a bad idea. It also
seems like a dartboard was used to decide which error cases should
throw errors as opposed to returning NULL.
For the checks for NULL input values, I just switched it to returning
false. There's some argument that an error would be better; but the
case really should be can't-happen in a generated hash constraint,
so it's likely not worth more code for.
For the parent-relation-open-failure case, it seems like we might
as well let relation_open throw an error, instead of having an
impossible-to-diagnose constraint failure.
Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24067.1605134819@sss.pgh.pa.us
This was evidently missed in commit 6337865f3, which generally did
s/TRUE/true/ everywhere. It escaped notice up to now because ICU
versions before ICU 68 provided definitions of "TRUE" and "FALSE"
regardless. With ICU 68, it fails to compile.
Per report from Condor. Back-patch to v11 where 6337865f3 came in.
(I've not tested v10, where this call originated, but I imagine
it's fine since we defined TRUE in c.h back then.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7a6f3336165bfe3ca66abcda7966f9d0@stz-bg.com
This commit changes the startup process in the standby server so that
it handles the interrupt signals after waiting for wal_retrieve_retry_interval
on the latch and resetting it, before entering another wait on the latch.
This change causes the standby server to promptly handle interrupt signals.
Otherwise, previously, there was the case where the standby needs to
wait extra five seconds to shutdown when the shutdown request arrived
while the startup process was waiting for wal_retrieve_retry_interval
on the latch.
Author: Fujii Masao, but implementation idea is from Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Reviewed-by: Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7e6ab0-8a53-ddb9-63cd-289bcb25fe0e@oss.nttdata.com
When specified, WITH NO DATA does not insert any data into the relation
created, so skip checking for the insert permissions. With WITH DATA or
WITH NO DATA, it is always required for the user to have CREATE
privileges on the schema targeted for the relation.
Note that plain CREATE TABLE AS or CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW queries have
begun to work accidentally without INSERT privilege checks as of
874fe3ae, while using EXECUTE or EXPLAIN ANALYZE would fail with the ACL
check, so this makes the behavior for all the command flavors consistent
with each other. This is arguably a bug fix, but there have been no
complaints about the current behavior either so stable branches are not
changed.
While on it, document properly the privileges requirements for each
commands with more tests for all the scenarios possible, and avoid a
useless bulk-insert allocation when using WITH NO DATA.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWc3N8j0_9nMPz9wcAUnVcdKHzFdDZJ3hVFNEbqtcyG9w@mail.gmail.com
These flags should be independent: in particular an index AM should
be able to say that it supports include columns without necessarily
supporting multiple key columns. The included-columns patch got
this wrong, possibly aided by the fact that it didn't bother to
update the documentation.
While here, clarify some text about amcanreturn, which was a little
vague about what should happen when amcanreturn reports that only
some of the index columns are returnable.
Noted while reviewing the SP-GiST included-columns patch, which
quite incorrectly (and unsafely) changed SP-GiST to claim
amcanmulticol = true as a workaround for this bug.
Backpatch to v11 where included columns were introduced.
Only a basic logic bug in a _bt_insertonpg() caller could lead to a
violation of this invariant (index corruption won't do it). A "can't
happen" error seems inappropriate (it is arbitrary at best).
Demote the error to a simple assertion. This matches similar nearby
sanity checks.
Buildfarm members that lack both HAVE_LOCALE_T and USE_ICU have been
complaining about pg_newlocale_from_collation's collcollate variable.
This is evidently fallout from commit 7d1297df0, which removed the
only usage outside those two #ifdef'd code paths. Mark the variable
pg_attribute_unused(), like its sibling collctype, which has been that
way for a long time.
This is mostly straightforward. However, we disallow replacing
constraint triggers or changing the is-constraint property; perhaps
that can be added later, but the complexity versus benefit tradeoff
doesn't look very good.
Also, no special thought is taken here for whether replacing an
existing trigger should result in changes to queued-but-not-fired
trigger actions. We just document that if you're surprised by the
results, too bad, don't do that. (Note that any such pending trigger
activity would have to be within the current session.)
Takamichi Osumi, reviewed at various times by Surafel Temesgen,
Peter Smith, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0DDF369B45A1B44B8A687ED43F06557C010BC362@G01JPEXMBYT03
This provides a handy way to get, say, the last field of the string.
Use of a negative index in this way has precedent in the nearby
left() and right() functions.
The implementation scans the string twice when N < -1, but it seems
likely that N = -1 will be the huge majority of actual use cases,
so I'm not really excited about adding complexity to avoid that.
Nikhil Benesch, reviewed by Jacob Champion; cosmetic tweakage by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cbb7f861-6162-3a51-9823-97bc3aa0b638@gmail.com
This was marked as BYTEA, but is more like TEXT, which is how we already
pass the history timeline file name. Internally, we don't do any
encoding or bytea escape handling, but TEXT seems closest. This should
cause no behavioral change.
Reported-by: Brar Piening
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6a1b9cd9-17e3-df67-be55-86102af6bdf5@gmx.de
Backpatch-through: master
Commit 1e53fe0e70 changed background processes so that they use
standard SIGHUP handler. Like that, this commit makes walreceiver
use standard SIGHUP and SIGTERM handlers, to simplify the code.
As the side effect of this commit, walreceiver can wake up and process
the configuration files promptly when receiving SIGHUP. Because the
standard SIGHUP handler sets the latch. On the other hand, previously
there could be a time lag between the receipt of SIGHUP and
the process of configuration files since the dedicated handler didn't
set the latch.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy, tweaked by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXPorUqePswDtOeM_s82v9RW32E1fYmOPZ5NuE+TWKj_A@mail.gmail.com
Commit 6023b7ea71 allowed pg_stat_statements to track the number
of rows retrieved or affected by some utility commands including
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW. However it did not track the rowcount
of REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW. This commit allows pg_stat_statements
to track that.
To track that, this commit changes the query completion for
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW so that it saves the rowcount. But note that
the rowcount is still not displayed in the command completion tag output.
That is, the display_rowcount flag of CMDTAG_REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW
command tag is left false in cmdtaglist.h. Otherwise, the change of
completion tag output might break applications using it.
Author: Katsuragi Yuta, Seino Yuki
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/71f6bc72f8bbaa06e701f8bd2562c347@oss.nttdata.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/aadbfba9-e4bb-9531-6b3a-d13c31c8f4fe@oss.nttdata.com
Attempting to take a base backup with Postgres linking to a build of
OpenSSL with FIPS enabled currently fails with or even without a backup
manifest requested because of this mandatory SHA256 initialization used
for the manifest file itself. However, there is no need to do this
initialization at all if backup manifests are not needed because there
is no data to append to the manifest.
Note that being able to use backup manifests with OpenSSL+FIPS requires
a switch of the SHA2 implementation to use EVP, which would cause an ABI
breakage so this cannot be backpatched to 13 as it has been already
released, but at least avoiding this SHA256 initialization gives users
the possibility to take a base backup even when specifying --no-manifest
with pg_basebackup.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201110020014.GE1887@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 13
Two cases violated list APIs by throwing away the return value. While
the code was technically correct, it relied on internal knowledge of
the list implementation, and the code wasn't really gaining anything
that way. It is planned to make this a compiler warning in the
future, so just fix these cases by assigning the return value
properly.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/e3753562-99cd-b65f-5aca-687dfd1ec2fc@2ndquadrant.com
Introduce TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds() to simplify callers
that would rather have the difference in milliseconds, instead of
the select()-oriented seconds-and-microseconds format. This gets
rid of at least one integer division per call, and it eliminates
some apparently-easy-to-mess-up arithmetic.
Two of these call sites were in fact wrong:
* pg_prewarm's autoprewarm_main() forgot to multiply the seconds
by 1000, thus ending up with a delay 1000X shorter than intended.
That doesn't quite make it a busy-wait, but close.
* postgres_fdw's pgfdw_get_cleanup_result() thought it needed to compute
microseconds not milliseconds, thus ending up with a delay 1000X longer
than intended. Somebody along the way had noticed this problem but
misdiagnosed the cause, and imposed an ad-hoc 60-second limit rather
than fixing the units. This was relatively harmless in context, because
we don't care that much about exactly how long this delay is; still,
it's wrong.
There are a few more callers of TimestampDifference() that don't
have a direct need for seconds-and-microseconds, but can't use
TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds() either because they do need
microsecond precision or because they might possibly deal with
intervals long enough to overflow 32-bit milliseconds. It might be
worth inventing another API to improve that, but that seems outside
the scope of this patch; so those callers are untouched here.
Given the fact that we are fixing some bugs, and the likelihood
that future patches might want to back-patch code that uses this
new API, back-patch to all supported branches.
Alexey Kondratov and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3b1c053a21c07c1ed5e00be3b2b855ef@postgrespro.ru
LLVM 12, to be released in a few months, made some breaking changes to
the Orc JIT interface. OrcV2 eventually will make it easier to support
features like concurrent JIT compilation, but this commit only allows
to compile against LLVM 12.
This commit is a bit bigger than desirable. That partially is because
the V2 interface is more granular than V1 interface, but also because
I chose to make some minor changes to < LLVM 12 code to keep the code
somewhat readable.
The LLVM 12 support will need to be backpatched. I plan to do so after
the patch stewed on the buildfarm for a few days.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201016011244.pmyvr3ee2gbzplq4@alap3.anarazel.de
Remove a CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() call that could never actually handle an
interrupt. We always have a heap page buffer lock at this point.
Having a useless CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() call is harmless but misleading.
It is probably possible to work around the immediate problem by moving
the CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() to before the heap page buffer lock is
acquired. That isn't enough to make the function responsive to
interrupts, though. The index AM caller will still hold an exclusive
buffer lock of its own.
Specifically, this blocks DECLARE ... WITH HOLD and firing of deferred
triggers within index expressions and materialized view queries. An
attacker having permission to create non-temp objects in at least one
schema could execute arbitrary SQL functions under the identity of the
bootstrap superuser. One can work around the vulnerability by disabling
autovacuum and not manually running ANALYZE, CLUSTER, REINDEX, CREATE
INDEX, VACUUM FULL, or REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW. (Don't restore from
pg_dump, since it runs some of those commands.) Plain VACUUM (without
FULL) is safe, and all commands are fine when a trusted user owns the
target object. Performance may degrade quickly under this workaround,
however. Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Robert Haas. Reported by Etienne Stalmans.
Security: CVE-2020-25695
Commit 257836a7 included an assertion that a version lookup routine is
not trying to look up "C" or "POSIX", but that case is reachable with
the user-facing SQL function pg_collation_actual_version(). Remove the
assertion.
The description of how LP_DEAD bit setting by index scans works
following commit 2ed5b87f was rather unclear. Clean that up a bit.
Also refer to LP_DEAD bit setting within _bt_check_unique() at the start
of the same section. This mechanism may actually be more important than
the generic kill_prior_tuple mechanism that the section focuses on, so
it at least deserves to be mentioned in passing.
* Avoid pointlessly highlighting that an index vacuum was executed by a
parallel worker; user doesn't care.
* Don't give the impression that a non-concurrent reindex of an invalid
index on a TOAST table would work, because it wouldn't.
* Add a "translator:" comment for a mysterious message.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201107034943.GA16596@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Move the system catalog index declarations from catalog/indexing.h to
the respective parent tables' catalog/pg_*.h files. The original
reason for having it split was that the old genbki system produced the
output in the order of the catalog files it read, so all the indexing
stuff needed to come separately. But this is no longer the case, and
keeping it together makes more sense.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c7cc82d6-f976-75d6-2e3e-b03d2cab26bb@2ndquadrant.com
Move the system catalog toast table declarations from
catalog/toasting.h to the respective parent tables' catalog/pg_*.h
files. The original reason for having it split was that the old
genbki system produced the output in the order of the catalog files it
read, so all the toasting stuff needed to come separately. But this
is no longer the case, and keeping it together makes more sense.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c7cc82d6-f976-75d6-2e3e-b03d2cab26bb@2ndquadrant.com
The list of indexes was being leaked when asked for an index that
doesn't have an index partition in the table partition. Not a common
case admittedly --and in most cases where it occurs, caller throws an
error anyway-- but worth fixing for cleanliness and in case any
third-party code is calling this function.
While at it, remove use of lfirst_oid() to obtain a value we already
have.
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201105203606.GF22691@telsasoft.com
This should have been done in the initial commit that made
unix_socket_directories a list as of c9b0cbe. This change allows to
support correctly the case of ALTER SYSTEM, where it is possible to
specify multiple paths as a list, like the following pattern where
flattening is applied to each item:
ALTER SYSTEM SET unix_socket_directories = '/path1', '/path2';
Any parameters specified in postgresql.conf are parsed the same way, so
there is no compatibility change. pg_dump has a hardcoded list of
parameters marked with GUC_LIST_QUOTE, that gets its routine update.
These are reordered alphabetically for clarity.
Author: Ian Lawrence Barwick
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraunt, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=iMOtNY6_sUwV=LQVCJ2zgYHBDyNzVfvE5GN3WQ3v9kQg@mail.gmail.com
brin_form_tuple failed to consider the values may be toasted, inserting
the toast pointer into the index. This may easily result in index
corruption, as the toast data may be deleted and cleaned up by vacuum.
The cleanup however does not care about indexes, leaving invalid toast
pointers behind, which triggers errors like this:
ERROR: missing chunk number 0 for toast value 16433 in pg_toast_16426
A less severe consequence are inconsistent failures due to the index row
being too large, depending on whether brin_form_tuple operated on plain
or toasted version of the row. For example
CREATE TABLE t (val TEXT);
INSERT INTO t VALUES ('... long value ...')
CREATE INDEX idx ON t USING brin (val);
would likely succeed, as the row would likely include toast pointer.
Switching the order of INSERT and CREATE INDEX would likely fail:
ERROR: index row size 8712 exceeds maximum 8152 for index "idx"
because this happens before the row values are toasted.
The bug exists since PostgreSQL 9.5 where BRIN indexes were introduced.
So backpatch all the way back.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201001184133.oq5uq75sb45pu3aw@development
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201104010544.zexj52mlldagzowv%40development
Revert 59ab4ac32, as well as the followup fix 33862cb9c, in all
branches. We need to think a bit harder about what the behavior
of LOCK TABLE on views should be, and there's no time for that
before next week's releases. We'll take another crack at this
later.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16703-e348f58aab3cf6cc@postgresql.org
Currently only OpenSSL requires this initialization, but in the future
other SSL implementations are likely to need it as well. Abstracting
this functionality out into a separate function makes this cleaner and
more clear, and also removes the dependency on OpenSSL headers from
fork_process.c.
OpenSSL is special in that we need to initialize this random number
generator even if we're not going to use it directly, until we drop
support for everything prior to OpenSSL 1.1.1. (And of course also if we
actually use it). All other implementations are left empty at this time,
but more are expected to be added in the future.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>, Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-By: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F6291C3C-747C-4C93-BCE0-28BB420B1FF5@yesql.se
There is no outright bug here but it is better to be consistent with the
usage at other places in the same file. In the passing, fix a wrong
assertion in pgstat_recv_replslot.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201104.175523.1704166915688949637.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
wal_consistency_checking indicated an inconsistency in certain cases
involving nbtree page deletion. The underlying issue is that there was
a minor difference between the page image produced after a REDO routine
ran and the corresponding page image following original execution.
This harmless inconsistency has been around forever. We more or less
expect total consistency among even deleted nbtree pages these days,
though, so this won't do anymore.
To fix, tweak the REDO routine to match original execution.
Oversight in commit f47b5e13.
LOCK TABLE has complained about "infinite recursion" when applied
to a self-referential view, ever since we made it recurse into views
in v11. However, that breaks pg_dump's new assumption that it's
okay to lock every relation. There doesn't seem to be any good
reason to throw an error: if we just abandon the recursion, we've
still satisfied the requirement of locking every referenced relation.
Per bug #16703 from Andrew Bille (via Alexander Lakhin).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16703-e348f58aab3cf6cc@postgresql.org
Logic for counting heap TIDs from posting list tuples (added by commit
0d861bbb) was faulty. It didn't count any TIDs/index tuples in the
event of no callback being set. This meant that we incorrectly counted
no index tuples in clean-up only VACUUMs, which could lead to
pg_class.reltuples being spuriously set to 0 in affected indexes.
To fix, go back to counting items from the page in cases where there is
no callback. This approach isn't very accurate, but it works well
enough in practice while avoiding the expense of accessing every index
tuple during cleanup-only VACUUMs.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reported-By: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
https://postgr.es/m/20201023174451.69e358f1@firost
Backpatch: 13-, where nbtree deduplication was introduced
Commit dee663f7 intended to drop any queued up fsync requests before
unlinking segment files, but missed a code path. Fix, by centralizing
the forget-and-unlink code into a single function.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201104013205.icogbi773przyny5%40development
The SQL spec calls out nonstandard syntax for certain function calls,
for example substring() with numeric position info is supposed to be
spelled "SUBSTRING(string FROM start FOR count)". We accept many
of these things, but up to now would not print them in the same format,
instead simplifying down to "substring"(string, start, count).
That's long annoyed me because it creates an interoperability
problem: we're gratuitously injecting Postgres-specific syntax into
what might otherwise be a perfectly spec-compliant view definition.
However, the real reason for addressing it right now is to support
a planned change in the semantics of EXTRACT() a/k/a date_part().
When we switch that to returning numeric, we'll have the parser
translate EXTRACT() to some new function name (might as well be
"extract" if you ask me) and then teach ruleutils.c to reverse-list
that per SQL spec. In this way existing calls to date_part() will
continue to have the old semantics.
To implement this, invent a new CoercionForm value COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX,
and make the parser insert that rather than COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL when
the input has SQL-spec decoration. (But if the input has the form of
a plain function call, continue to mark it COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL, even
if it's calling one of these functions.) Then ruleutils.c recognizes
COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX as a cue to emit SQL call syntax. It can know
which decoration to emit using hard-wired knowledge about the
functions that could be called this way. (While this solution isn't
extensible without manual additions, neither is the grammar, so this
doesn't seem unmaintainable.) Notice that this solution will
reverse-list a function call with SQL decoration only if it was
entered that way; so dump-and-reload will not by itself produce any
changes in the appearance of views.
This requires adding a CoercionForm field to struct FuncCall.
(I couldn't resist the temptation to rearrange that struct's
field order a tad while I was at it.) FuncCall doesn't appear
in stored rules, so that change isn't a reason for a catversion
bump, but I did one anyway because the new enum value for
CoercionForm fields could confuse old backend code.
Possible future work:
* Perhaps CoercionForm should now be renamed to DisplayForm,
or something like that, to reflect its more general meaning.
This'd require touching a couple hundred places, so it's not
clear it's worth the code churn.
* The SQLValueFunction node type, which was invented partly for
the same goal of improving SQL-compatibility of view output,
could perhaps be replaced with regular function calls marked
with COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX. It's unclear if this would be a net
code savings, however.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/42b73d2d-da12-ba9f-570a-420e0cce19d9@phystech.edu
Gen_fmgrtab.pl treated aggregate functions the same as other built-in
functions, which is wasteful because there is no real need to have
entries for them in the fmgr_builtins[] table. Suppressing those
entries saves about 3KB in the compiled table on my machine; which
is not a lot but it's not nothing either, considering that that
table is pretty "hot". The only outside code change needed is
that ExecInitWindowAgg() can't be allowed to call fmgr_info_cxt()
on a plain aggregate function. But that saves a few cycles anyway.
Having done that, the aggregate_dummy() function is unreferenced
and might as well be dropped. Using "aggregate_dummy" as the prosrc
value for an aggregate is now just a documentation convention not
something that matters. There was some discussion of using NULL
instead to save a few bytes in pg_proc, but we'd have to remove
prosrc's BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL marking which doesn't seem a great idea.
Anyway, it's possible there's client-side code that expects to
see "aggregate_dummy" there, so I'm loath to change it without a
strong reason.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/533989.1604263665@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit ac22929a26 changed recoveryWakeupLatch so that it's reset to
NULL at the end of recovery. This change could cause a segmentation fault
in the buildfarm member 'elver'.
Previously the latch was reset to NULL after calling ShutdownWalRcv().
But there could be a window between ShutdownWalRcv() and the actual
exit of walreceiver. If walreceiver set the latch during that window,
the segmentation fault could happen.
To fix the issue, this commit changes walreceiver so that it sets
the latch only when the latch has not been reset to NULL yet.
Author: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5c1f8a85-747c-7bf9-241e-dd467d8a3586@iki.fi
hash_array_extended() needs to pass PG_GET_COLLATION() to the hash
function of the element type. Otherwise, the hash function of a
collation-aware data type such as text will error out, since the
introduction of nondeterministic collation made hash functions require
a collation, too.
The consequence of this is that before this change, hash partitioning
using an array over text in the partition key would not work.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/32c1fdae-95c6-5dc6-058a-a90330a3b621%40enterprisedb.com
This commit gets rid of the dedicated latch for signaling the startup
process in favor of using its procLatch, since that comports better
with possible generic signal handlers using that latch.
Commit 1e53fe0e70 changed background processes so that they use standard
SIGHUP handler. Like that, this commit also makes the startup process use
standard SIGHUP handler to simplify the code.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXPorUqePswDtOeM_s82v9RW32E1fYmOPZ5NuE+TWKj_A@mail.gmail.com
Accept that we can't get versions for such locale names for now. Users
will need to specify the newer language tag format to enable the
collation versioning feature. It's not clear that we can do automatic
conversion from the old style to the new style reliably enough for this
purpose.
Unfortunately, this means that collation versioning probably won't work
for the default collation unless you provide something like en-US at
initdb or CREATE DATABASE time (though, for reasons not yet understood,
it does seem to work on some systems). It'd be nice to find a better
solution, or document this quirk if we settle on it, but this should
unbreak the 3 failing build farm animals in the meantime.
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
When considering Incremental Sort below a Gather Merge, we need to be
a bit more careful when matching pathkeys to EC members. It's not enough
to find a member whose Vars are all in the current relation's target;
volatile expressions in particular need to be contained in the target,
otherwise it's too early to use the pathkey.
Reported-by: Jaime Casanova
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13, where the incremental sort code was added
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeNaxpXgBVcRhJX%2B2vSbq%2BF2kJqGBcvompmpvXb7pq%2BoFA%40mail.gmail.com
If the planner erroneously puts a non-parallel-safe SubPlan into
a parallelized portion of the query tree, nodeSubplan.c will fail
in the worker processes because it finds a null in es_subplanstates,
which it's unable to cope with. It seems worth a test-and-elog to
make that an error case rather than a core dump case.
This probably should have been included in commit 16ebab688, which
was responsible for allowing nulls to appear in es_subplanstates
to begin with. So, back-patch to v10 where that came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/924226.1604422326@sss.pgh.pa.us
The intention in commit 491c029db was to require superuserness to
change the BYPASSRLS property, but the actual effect of the coding
in AlterRole() was to require superuserness to change anything at all
about a BYPASSRLS role. Other properties of a BYPASSRLS role should
be changeable under the same rules as for a normal role, though.
Fix that, and also take care of some documentation omissions related
to BYPASSRLS and REPLICATION role properties.
Tom Lane and Stephen Frost, per bug report from Wolfgang Walther.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a5548a9f-89ee-3167-129d-162b5985fcf8@technowledgy.de
The current implementation cannot handle this correctly, so just
forbid it for now.
GENERATED clauses must be attached to the column definition and cannot
be added later like DEFAULT, so if a child table has a generation
expression that the parent does not have, the child column will
necessarily be an attlocal column. So to implement ALTER TABLE ONLY /
DROP EXPRESSION, we'd need extra code to update attislocal of the
direct child tables, somewhat similar to how DROP COLUMN does it, so
that the resulting state can be properly dumped and restored.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/15830.1575468847%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit d94c36a45a introduced error handling to sslinfo to handle
OpenSSL errors gracefully. This ports this errorhandling to the
backend TLS implementation.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
fill_hba_line() thought it could get away with passing sizeof(struct
sockaddr_storage) rather than the actual addrlen previously returned
by getaddrinfo(). While that appears to work on many platforms,
it does not work on FreeBSD 11: you get back a failure, which leads
to the view showing NULL for the address and netmask columns in all
rows. The POSIX spec for getnameinfo() is pretty clearly on
FreeBSD's side here: you should pass the actual address length.
So it seems plausible that there are other platforms where this
coding also fails, and we just hadn't noticed.
Also, IMO the fact that getnameinfo() failure leads to a NULL output
is pretty bogus in itself. Our pg_getnameinfo_all() wrapper is
careful to emit "???" on failure, and we should use that in such
cases. NULL should only be emitted in rows that don't have IP
addresses.
Per bug #16695 from Peter Vandivier. Back-patch to v10 where this
code was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16695-a665558e2f630be7@postgresql.org
make_ruledef() and make_viewdef() were coded to cope with possible
null-ness of these columns, but they've been marked BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL
for some time. So there's not really any need to do more than what
we do for the other columns of pg_rewrite, i.e. just Assert that
we got non-null results.
(There is a school of thought that says Asserts aren't the thing
to do to check for corrupt data, but surely here is not the place
to start if we want such a policy.)
Also, remove long-dead-if-indeed-it-ever-wasn't-dead handling of
an empty actions list in make_ruledef(). That's an error case
and should be treated as such. (DO INSTEAD NOTHING is represented
by a CMD_NOTHING Query, not an empty list; cf transformRuleStmt.)
Kyotaro Horiguchi, some changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQApoA=tMTic6xEPYP_hsNZ8XtToVThK_0x7D_aFQYowq3w@mail.gmail.com
Traditionally, the names of fmgroids.h macros for pg_proc OIDs
have been constructed from the prosrc field. But sometimes the
same C function underlies multiple pg_proc entries, forcing us
to make an arbitrary choice of which OID to reference; the other
entries are then not namable via fmgroids.h. Moreover, we could
not have macros at all for pg_proc entries that aren't for
C-coded functions.
Instead, use the proname field, and append the proargtypes field
(replacing inter-argument spaces with underscores) if proname is
not unique. Special-casing unique entries such as F_OIDEQ removes
the need to change a lot of code. Indeed, I can only find two
places in the tree that need to be adjusted; while this changes
quite a few existing entries in fmgroids.h, few of them are
referenced from C code.
With this patch, all entries in pg_proc.dat have macros in fmgroids.h.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/472274.1604258384@sss.pgh.pa.us
Some places were using PG_GETARG_UINT32 where PG_GETARG_TRANSACTIONID
would be more appropriate. (Of course, they are the same internally,
so there is no externally visible effect.) To do that, export
PG_GETARG_TRANSACTIONID outside of xid.c. We also export
PG_RETURN_TRANSACTIONID for symmetry, even though there are currently
no external users.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d8f6bdd536df403b9b33816e9f7e0b9d@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
Record the current version of dependent collations in pg_depend when
creating or rebuilding an index. When accessing the index later, warn
that the index may be corrupted if the current version doesn't match.
Thanks to Douglas Doole, Peter Eisentraut, Christoph Berg, Laurenz Albe,
Michael Paquier, Robert Haas, Tom Lane and others for very helpful
discussion.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier versions)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
Provide a place for the version of referenced database objects to be
recorded. A follow-up commit will use this to record dependencies on
collation versions for indexes, but similar ideas for other kinds of
objects have also been mooted.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
This model couldn't be extended to cover the default collation, and
didn't have any information about the affected database objects when the
version changed. Remove, in preparation for a follow-up commit that
will add a new mechanism.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
Logical replication protocol uses a single byte character to identify a
message type in logical replication protocol. The code uses string
literals for the same. Use Enum so that
1. All the string literals used can be found at a single place. This
makes it easy to add more types without the risk of conflicts.
2. It's easy to locate the code handling a given message type.
3. When used with switch statements, it is easy to identify the missing
cases using -Wswitch.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Andres Freund, Peter Smith and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAExHW5uPzQ7L0oAd_ENyvaiYMOPgkrAoJpE+ZY5-obdcVT6NPg@mail.gmail.com
Previously we only tagged on the required information to allow the
executor to perform run-time partition pruning for Append/MergeAppend
nodes belonging to base relations. It was thought that nested
Append/MergeAppend nodes were just about always pulled up into the
top-level Append/MergeAppend and that making the run-time pruning info for
any sub Append/MergeAppend nodes was a waste of time. However, that was
likely badly thought through.
Some examples of cases we're unable to pullup nested Append/MergeAppends
are: 1) Parallel Append nodes with a mix of parallel and non-parallel
paths into a Parallel Append. 2) When planning an ordered Append scan a
sub-partition which is unordered may require a nested MergeAppend path to
ensure sub-partitions don't mix up the order of tuples being fed into the
top-level Append.
Unfortunately, it was not just as simple as removing the lines in
createplan.c which were purposefully not building the run-time pruning
info for anything but RELOPT_BASEREL relations. The code in
add_paths_to_append_rel() was far too sloppy about which partitioned_rels
it included for the Append/MergeAppend paths. The original code there
would always assume accumulate_append_subpath() would pull each sub-Append
and sub-MergeAppend path into the top-level path. While it does not
appear that there were any actual bugs caused by having the additional
partitioned table RT indexes recorded, what it did mean is that later in
planning, when we built the run-time pruning info that we wasted effort
and built PartitionedRelPruneInfos for partitioned tables that we had no
subpaths for the executor to run-time prune.
Here we tighten that up so that partitioned_rels only ever contains the RT
index for partitioned tables which actually have subpaths in the given
Append/MergeAppend. We can now Assert that every PartitionedRelPruneInfo
has a non-empty present_parts. That should allow us to catch any weird
corner cases that have been missed.
In passing, it seems there is no longer a good reason to have the
AppendPath and MergeAppendPath's partitioned_rel fields a List of IntList.
We can simply have a List of Relids instead. This is more compact in
memory and faster to add new members to. We still know which is the root
level partition as these always have a lower relid than their children.
Previously this field was used for more things, but run-time partition
pruning now remains the only user of it and it has no need for a List of
IntLists.
Here we also get rid of the RelOptInfo partitioned_child_rels field. This
is what was previously used to (sometimes incorrectly) set the
Append/MergeAppend path's partitioned_rels field. That was the only usage
of that field, so we can happily just remove it.
I also couldn't resist changing some nearby code to make use of the newly
added for_each_from macro so we can skip the first element in the list
without checking if the current item was the first one on each
iteration.
A bug report from Andreas Kretschmer prompted all this work, however,
after some consideration, I'm not personally classing this as a bug fix.
So no backpatch. In Andreas' test case, it just wasn't that clear that
there was a nested Append since the top-level Append just had a single
sub-path which was pulled up a level, per 8edd0e794.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAApHDvqSchs%2BubdybcfFaSPB%2B%2BEA7kqMaoqajtP0GtZvzOOR3g%40mail.gmail.com
Statistics associated to an index got lost after running REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY, while the non-concurrent case preserves these correctly.
The concurrent and non-concurrent operations need to be consistent for
the end-user, and missing statistics would force to wait for a new
analyze to happen, which could take some time depending on the activity
of the existing autovacuum workers. This issue is fixed by copying any
existing entries in pg_statistic associated to the old index to the new
one. Note that this copy is already done with the data of the index in
the stats collector.
Reported-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Author: Michael Paquier, Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFcNs+qpFPmiHd1oTXvcPdvAHicJDA9qBUSujgAhUMJyUMb+SA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Certain background workers initiate parallel queries while
debug_query_string==NULL, at which point they attempted strlen(NULL) and
died to SIGSEGV. Older debug_query_string observers allow NULL, so do
likewise in these newer ones. Back-patch to v11, where commit
7de4a1bcc5 introduced the first of these.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201014022636.GA1962668@rfd.leadboat.com
Because of this, if you tried to create an operator family with the new
sortsupport function, you got an error:
ERROR: support function number 11 is invalid for access method gist
We missed this in commit 16fa9b2b30 that added the sortsupport function,
because it only added sortsupport to a built-in operator family.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3520A18A-5C38-4697-A2E3-F3BDE3496CD5%40yandex-team.ru
On the same reasoning as in commit 36b931214, forbid using custom
oid_symbol macros in pg_type as well as pg_proc, so that we always
rely on the predictable macro names generated by genbki.pl.
We do continue to grant grandfather status to the names CASHOID and
LSNOID, although those are now considered deprecated aliases for the
preferred names MONEYOID and PG_LSNOID. This is because there's
likely to be client-side code using the old names, and this bout of
neatnik-ism doesn't quite seem worth breaking client code.
There might be a case for grandfathering EVTTRIGGEROID, too, since
externally-maintained PLs may reference that symbol. But renaming
such references to EVENT_TRIGGEROID doesn't seem like a particularly
heavy lift --- we make far more significant backend API changes in
every major release. For now I didn't add that, but we could
reconsider if there's pushback.
The other names changed here seem pretty unlikely to have any outside
uses. Again, we could add alias macros if there are complaints, but
for now I didn't.
As before, no need for a catversion bump.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsHpCbjfoddNGpnnnY5pHwckWfiYkMYSF74PmP1su0+ZOw@mail.gmail.com
When ComputeXidHorizons() was called before MyDatabaseOid is set,
e.g. because a dead row in a shared relation is encountered during
InitPostgres(), the horizon for normal tables was computed too
aggressively, ignoring all backends connected to a database.
During subsequent pruning in a data table the too aggressive horizon
could end up still being used, possibly leading to still needed tuples
being removed. Not good.
This is a bug in dc7420c2c9, which the test added in 94bc27b576 made
visible, if run with force_parallel_mode set to regress. In that case
the bug is reliably triggered, because "pruning_query" is run in a
parallel worker and the start of that parallel worker is likely to
encounter a dead row in pg_database.
The fix is trivial: Compute a more pessimistic data table horizon if
MyDatabaseId is not yet known.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201029040030.p4osrmaywhqaesd4@alap3.anarazel.de
This adds the statistics about transactions streamed to the decoding
output plugin from ReorderBuffer. Users can query the
pg_stat_replication_slots view to check these stats and call
pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset the stats of a particular slot.
Users can pass NULL in pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset stats of
all the slots.
Commit 9868167500 has added the basic infrastructure to capture the stats
of slot and this commit extends the statistics collector to track
additional information about slots.
Bump the catversion as we have added new columns in the catalog entry.
Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+chpEomLzgSoky-D31qev19AmECNiEAietPQUGEFhtVA@mail.gmail.com
This fixes a bug in the edge case where, for a temp table, heap_page_prune()
can end up with a different horizon than heap_vacuum_rel(). Which can trigger
errors like "ERROR: cannot freeze committed xmax ...".
The bug was introduced due to interaction of a7212be8b9 "Set cutoff xmin more
aggressively when vacuuming a temporary table." with dc7420c2c9 "snapshot
scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.".
The problem is caused by lazy_scan_heap() assuming that the only reason its
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() call would return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD is if the tuple is
a HOT tuple, or if the tuple's inserting transaction has aborted since the
heap_page_prune() call. But after a7212be8b9 that was also possible in other
cases for temp tables, because heap_page_prune() uses a different visibility
test after dc7420c2c9.
The fix is fairly simple: Move the special case logic for temp tables from
vacuum_set_xid_limits() to the infrastructure introduced in dc7420c2c9. That
ensures that the horizon used for pruning is at least as aggressive as the one
used by lazy_scan_heap(). The concrete horizon used for temp tables is
slightly different than the logic in dc7420c2c9, but should always be as
aggressive as before (see comments).
A significant benefit to centralizing the logic procarray.c is that now the
more aggressive horizons for temp tables does not just apply to VACUUM but
also to e.g. HOT pruning and the nbtree killtuples logic.
Because isTopLevel is not needed by vacuum_set_xid_limits() anymore, I
undid the the related changes from a7212be8b9.
This commit also adds an isolation test ensuring that the more aggressive
vacuuming and pruning of temp tables keeps working.
Debugged-By: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Debugged-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Debugged-By: Ashutosh Sharma <ashu.coek88@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201014203103.72oke6hqywcyhx7s@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201015083735.derdzysdtqdvxshp@alap3.anarazel.de
It's unsafe to do this at parse time because addition of generated
columns to a table would not invalidate stored rules containing
UPDATEs on the table ... but there might now be dependent generated
columns that were not there when the rule was made. This also fixes
an oversight that rewriteTargetView failed to update extraUpdatedCols
when transforming an UPDATE on an updatable view. (Since the new
calculation is downstream of that, rewriteTargetView doesn't actually
need to do anything; but before, there was a demonstrable bug there.)
In v13 and HEAD, this leads to easily-visible bugs because (since
commit c6679e4fc) we won't recalculate generated columns that aren't
listed in extraUpdatedCols. In v12 this bitmap is mostly just used
for trigger-firing decisions, so you'd only notice a problem if a
trigger cared whether a generated column had been updated.
I'd complained about this back in May, but then forgot about it
until bug #16671 from Michael Paul Killian revived the issue.
Back-patch to v12 where this field was introduced. If existing
stored rules contain any extraUpdatedCols values, they'll be
ignored because the rewriter will overwrite them, so the bug will
be fixed even for existing rules. (But note that if someone were
to update to 13.1 or 12.5, store some rules with UPDATEs on tables
having generated columns, and then downgrade to a prior minor version,
they might observe issues similar to what this patch fixes. That
seems unlikely enough to not be worth going to a lot of effort to fix.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10206.1588964727@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16671-2fa55851859fb166@postgresql.org
We have a perfectly good convention for OID macros for built-in functions
already, so making custom symbols is just introducing unnecessary
deviation from the convention. Remove the one case that had snuck in,
and add an error check in genbki.pl to discourage future instances.
Although this touches pg_proc.dat, there's no need for a catversion
bump since the actual catalog data isn't changed.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsHpCbjfoddNGpnnnY5pHwckWfiYkMYSF74PmP1su0+ZOw@mail.gmail.com
get_foreign_key_join_selectivity() looks for join clauses that equate
the two sides of the FK constraint. However, if we have a query like
"WHERE fktab.a = pktab.a and fktab.a = 1", it won't find any such join
clause, because equivclass.c replaces the given clauses with "fktab.a
= 1 and pktab.a = 1", which can be enforced at the scan level, leaving
nothing to be done for column "a" at the join level.
We can fix that expectation without much trouble, but then a new problem
arises: applying the foreign-key-based selectivity rule produces a
rowcount underestimate, because we're effectively double-counting the
selectivity of the "fktab.a = 1" clause. So we have to cancel that
selectivity out of the estimate.
To fix, refactor process_implied_equality() so that it can pass back the
new RestrictInfo to its callers in equivclass.c, allowing the generated
"fktab.a = 1" clause to be saved in the EquivalenceClass's ec_derives
list. Then it's not much trouble to dig out the relevant RestrictInfo
when we need to adjust an FK selectivity estimate. (While at it, we
can also remove the expensive use of initialize_mergeclause_eclasses()
to set up the new RestrictInfo's left_ec and right_ec pointers.
The equivclass.c code can set those basically for free.)
This seems like clearly a bug fix, but I'm hesitant to back-patch it,
first because there's some API/ABI risk for extensions and second because
we're usually loath to destabilize plan choices in stable branches.
Per report from Sigrid Ehrenreich.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1019549.1603770457@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM6PR02MB5287A0ADD936C1FA80973E72AB190@AM6PR02MB5287.eurprd02.prod.outlook.com
This makes use of CheckBuffer() introduced in c780a7a, adding a SQL
wrapper able to do checks for all the pages of a relation. By default,
all the fork types of a relation are checked, and it is possible to
check only a given relation fork. Note that if the relation given in
input has no physical storage or is temporary, then no errors are
generated, allowing full-database checks when coupled with a simple scan
of pg_class for example. This is not limited to clusters with data
checksums enabled, as clusters without data checksums can still apply
checks on pages using the page headers or for the case of a page full of
zeros.
This function returns a set of tuples consisting of:
- The physical file where a broken page has been detected (without the
segment number as that can be AM-dependent, which can be guessed from
the block number for heap). A relative path from PGPATH is used.
- The block number of the broken page.
By default, only superusers have an access to this function but
execution rights can be granted to other users.
The feature introduced here is still minimal, and more improvements
could be done, like:
- Addition of a start and end block number to run checks on a range
of blocks, which would apply only if one fork type is checked.
- Addition of some progress reporting.
- Throttling, with configuration parameters in function input or
potentially some cost-based GUCs.
Regression tests are added for positive cases in the main regression
test suite, and TAP tests are added for cases involving the emulation of
page corruptions.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_aVvMjQn=ge5qPiJOPMmOj5=ii3st5Q0Y+WuLML5sR17w@mail.gmail.com
CheckBuffer() is designed to be a concurrent-safe function able to run
sanity checks on a relation page without loading it into the shared
buffers. The operation is done using a lock on the partition involved
in the shared buffer mapping hashtable and an I/O lock for the buffer
itself, preventing the risk of false positives due to any concurrent
activity.
The primary use of this function is the detection of on-disk corruptions
for relation pages. If a page is found in shared buffers, the on-disk
page is checked if not dirty (a follow-up checkpoint would flush a valid
version of the page if dirty anyway), as it could be possible that a
page was present for a long time in shared buffers with its on-disk
version corrupted. Such a scenario could lead to a corrupted cluster if
a host is plugged off for example. If the page is not found in shared
buffers, its on-disk state is checked. PageIsVerifiedExtended() is used
to apply the same sanity checks as when a page gets loaded into shared
buffers.
This function will be used by an upcoming patch able to check the state
of on-disk relation pages using a SQL function.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_aVvMjQn=ge5qPiJOPMmOj5=ii3st5Q0Y+WuLML5sR17w@mail.gmail.com
This accompanies select_common_type() and select_common_collation().
Typmods were previously combined using hand-coded logic in several
places. The logic in select_common_typmod() isn't very exciting, but
it makes the code more compact and readable in a few locations, and in
the future we can perhaps do more complicated things if desired.
As a small enhancement, the type unification of the direct and
aggregate arguments of hypothetical-set aggregates now unifies the
typmod as well using this new function, instead of just dropping it.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/97df3af9-8b5e-fb7f-a029-3eb7e80d7af9@2ndquadrant.com
The restriction that only tables and views can be locked by LOCK TABLE
is quite arbitrary, since the underlying mechanism can lock any relation
type. Drop the restriction so that programs such as pg_dump can lock
all relations they're interested in, preventing schema changes that
could cause a dump to fail after expending much effort.
Backpatch to 9.5.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reported-by: Wells Oliver <wells.oliver@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201021200659.GA32358@alvherre.pgsql
Previously, ExecInitModifyTable relied on ExecInitJunkFilter,
and thence ExecCleanTypeFromTL, to build the target descriptor from
the query tlist. While we just checked (in ExecCheckPlanOutput)
that the tlist produces compatible output, this is not a great
substitute for the relation's actual tuple descriptor that's
available from the relcache. For one thing, dropped columns will
not be correctly marked attisdropped; it's a bit surprising that
we've gotten away with that this long. But the real reason for
being concerned with this is that using the table's descriptor means
that the slot will have correct attrmissing data, allowing us to
revert the klugy fix of commit ba9f18abd. (This commit undoes
that one's changes in trigger.c, but keeps the new test case.)
Thus we can solve the bogus-trigger-tuple problem with fewer cycles
rather than more.
No back-patch, since this doesn't fix any additional bug, and it
seems somewhat more likely to have unforeseen side effects than
ba9f18abd's narrow fix.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16644-5da7ef98a7ac4545@postgresql.org
This is useful for checks of relation pages without having to load the
pages into the shared buffers, and two cases can make use of that: page
verification in base backups and the online, lock-safe, flavor.
Compatibility is kept with past versions using a macro that calls the
new extended routine with the set of options compatible with the
original version.
Extracted from a larger patch by the same author.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/608f3476-0598-2514-2c03-e05c7d2b0cbd@postgrespro.ru
If the old row has any "missing" attributes that are supposed to
be retrieved from an associated tuple descriptor, the wrong things
happened because the trigger result is shoved directly into an
executor slot that lacks the missing-attribute data. Notably,
CHECK-constraint verification would incorrectly see those columns
as NULL, and so would RETURNING-list evaluation.
Band-aid around this by forcibly expanding the tuple before passing
it to the trigger function. (IMO it was a fundamental misdesign to
put the missing-attribute data into tuple constraints, which so
much of the system considers to be optional. But we're probably
stuck with that now, and will have to continue to apply band-aids
as we find other places with similar issues.)
Back-patch to v12. v11 would also have the issue, except that
commit 920311ab1 already applied a similar band-aid. That forced
expansion in more cases than seem really necessary, though, so
this isn't a directly equivalent fix.
Amit Langote, with some cosmetic changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16644-5da7ef98a7ac4545@postgresql.org
The ExplainCloseGroup arguments for incremental sort usage data
didn't match the corresponding ExplainOpenGroup. This only matters
for XML-format output, which is probably why we'd not noticed.
Daniel Gustafsson, per bug #16683 from Frits Jalvingh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16683-8005033324ad34e9@postgresql.org
There is a handful of places where we called list_delete_ptr() to remove
some element from a List. In many of these places we know, or with very
little additional effort know the index of the ListCell that we need to
remove.
Here we change all of those places to instead either use one of;
list_delete_nth_cell(), foreach_delete_current() or list_delete_last().
Each of these saves from having to iterate over the list to search for the
element to remove by its pointer value.
There are some small performance gains to be had by doing this, but in the
general case, none of these lists are likely to be very large, so the
lookup was probably never that expensive anyway. However, some of the
calls are in fairly hot code paths, e.g process_equivalence(). So any
small gains there are useful.
Author: Zhijie Hou and David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b3517353ec7c4f87aa560678fbb1034b@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
After de8feb1f3a, some warnings remained
that were only visible when using GCC on Windows. Fix those as well.
Note that the ecpg test source files don't use the full pg_config.h,
so we can't use pg_funcptr_t there but have to do it the long way.
More precisely, correctly handle the ONLY flag indicating not to
recurse. This was implemented in 86f575948c by recursing in
trigger.c, but that's the wrong place; use ATSimpleRecursion instead,
which behaves properly. However, because legacy inheritance has never
recursed in that situation, make sure to do that only for new-style
partitioning.
I noticed this problem while testing a fix for another bug in the
vicinity.
This has been wrong all along, so backpatch to 11.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201016235925.GA29829@alvherre.pgsql
Change the attribute 'name' to 'slot_name' in pg_stat_replication_slots
view to make it clear and that way we will be consistent with the other
places like pg_stat_wal_receiver view where we display the same attribute.
In the passing, fix the typo in one of the macros in the related code.
Bump the catversion as we have modified the name in the catalog as well.
Reported-by: Noriyoshi Shinoda
Author: Noriyoshi Shinoda
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
Since commit 913bbd88d, check_sql_fn_retval() can either insert type
coercion steps in-line in the Query that produces the SQL function's
results, or generate a new top-level Query to perform the coercions,
if modifying the Query's output in-place wouldn't be safe. However,
it appears that the latter case has never actually worked, because
the code tried to inject the new Query back into the query list it was
passed ... which is not the list that will be used for later processing
when we execute the SQL function "normally" (without inlining it).
So we ended up with no coercion happening at run-time, leading to
wrong results or crashes depending on the datatypes involved.
While the regression tests look like they cover this area well enough,
through a huge bit of bad luck all the test cases that exercise the
separate-Query path were checking either inline-able cases (which
accidentally didn't have the bug) or cases that are no-ops at runtime
(e.g., varchar to text), so that the failure to perform the coercion
wasn't obvious. The fact that the cases that don't work weren't
allowed at all before v13 probably contributed to not noticing the
problem sooner, too.
To fix, get rid of the separate "flat" list of Query nodes and instead
pass the real two-level list that is going to be used later. I chose
to make the same change in check_sql_fn_statements(), although that has
no actual bug, just so that we don't need that data structure at all.
This is an API change, as evidenced by the adjustments needed to
callers outside functions.c. That's a bit scary to be doing in a
released branch, but so far as I can tell from a quick search,
there are no outside callers of these functions (and they are
sufficiently specific to our semantics for SQL-language functions that
it's not apparent why any extension would need to call them). In any
case, v13 already changed the API of check_sql_fn_retval() compared to
prior branches.
Per report from pinker. Back-patch to v13 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1603050466566-0.post@n3.nabble.com
Store the tuple conversion map to convert a tuple from a child table's
format to the root format in a new ri_ChildToRootMap field in
ResultRelInfo. It is initialized if transition tuple capture for FOR
STATEMENT triggers or INSERT tuple routing on a partitioned table is
needed. Previously, ModifyTable kept the maps in the per-subplan
ModifyTableState->mt_per_subplan_tupconv_maps array, or when tuple
routing was used, in
ResultRelInfo->ri_Partitioninfo->pi_PartitionToRootMap. The new field
replaces both of those.
Now that the child-to-root tuple conversion map is always available in
ResultRelInfo (when needed), remove the TransitionCaptureState.tcs_map
field. The callers of Exec*Trigger() functions no longer need to set or
save it, which is much less confusing and bug-prone. Also, as a future
optimization, this will allow us to delay creating the map for a given
result relation until the relation is actually processed during
execution.
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqHtCWLdK-LO%3DNEsvOdHx%2B7yv4mE_zYK0i3BH7dXb-wxog%40mail.gmail.com
When executing DDL on a partitioned table or on a table with inheritance
children, statement-level triggers must be fired against the table given
in the original statement. The code to look that up was a bit messy and
duplicative. Commit 501ed02cf6 added a helper function,
getASTriggerResultRelInfo() (later renamed to getTargetResultRelInfo())
for it, but for some reason it was only used when firing AFTER STATEMENT
triggers and the code to fire BEFORE STATEMENT triggers duplicated the
logic.
Determine the target relation in ExecInitModifyTable(), and set it always
in ModifyTableState. Code that used to call getTargetResultRelInfo() can
now use ModifyTableState->rootResultRelInfo directly.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqFViT47Zbr_ASBejiK7iDG8%3DQ1swQ-tjM6caRPQ67pT%3Dw%40mail.gmail.com
In shm_mq_receive(), a huge payload could trigger an unjustified
"invalid memory alloc request size" error due to the way the buffer
size is increased.
Add error checks (documenting the upper limit) and avoid the error by
limiting the allocation size to MaxAllocSize.
Author: Markus Wanner <markus.wanner@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3bb363e7-ac04-0ac4-9fe8-db1148755bfa%402ndquadrant.com
Given a query with enough joins, it was possible that the query planner,
after multiplying the row estimates with the join selectivity that the
estimated number of rows would exceed the limits of the double data type
and become infinite.
To give an indication on how extreme a case is required to hit this, the
particular example case reported required 379 joins to a table without any
statistics, which resulted in the 1.0/DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT being used for
the join selectivity. This eventually caused the row estimates to go
infinite and resulted in an assert failure in initial_cost_mergejoin()
where the infinite row estimated was multiplied by an outerstartsel of 0.0
resulting in NaN. The failing assert verified that NaN <= Inf, which is
false.
To get around this we use clamp_row_est() to cap row estimates at a
maximum of 1e100. This value is thought to be low enough that costs
derived from it would remain within the bounds of what the double type can
represent.
Aside from fixing the failing Assert, this also has the added benefit of
making it so add_path() will still receive proper numerical values as
costs which will allow it to make more sane choices when determining the
cheaper path in extreme cases such as the one described above.
Additionally, we also get rid of the isnan() checks in the join costing
functions. The actual case which originally triggered those checks to be
added in the first place never made it to the mailing lists. It seems
likely that the new code being added to clamp_row_est() will result in
those becoming checks redundant, so just remove them.
The fairly harmless assert failure problem does also exist in the
backbranches, however, a more minimalistic fix will be applied there.
Reported-by: Onder Kalaci
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DM6PR21MB1211FF360183BCA901B27F04D80B0@DM6PR21MB1211.namprd21.prod.outlook.com
Unfortunately in LLVM 3.9 LLVMGetAttributeCountAtIndex(func, index)
crashes when called with an index that has 0 attributes. Since there's
no way to work around this in the C API, add a small C++ wrapper doing
so.
The only reason this didn't fail before 72559438f9 is that there
always are function attributes...
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201016001254.w2nfj7gd74jmb5in@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-, like 72559438f9
Previously we only copied the function attributes. That caused problems at
least on s390x: Because we didn't copy the 'zeroext' attribute for
ExecAggTransReparent()'s *IsNull parameters, expressions invoking it didn't
ensure that the upper bytes of the registers were zeroed. In the - relatively
rare - cases where not, ExecAggTransReparent() wrongly ended up in the
newValueIsNull branch due to the register not being zero. Subsequently causing
a crash.
It's quite possible that this would cause problems on other platforms, and in
other places than just ExecAggTransReparent() on s390x.
Thanks to Christoph (and the Debian project) for providing me with access to a
s390x machine, allowing me to debug this.
Reported-By: Christoph Berg
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201015083246.kie5726xerdt3ael@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-, where JIT was added
Pavan Deolasee recently noted that a few of the
HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions calls added by commit
5db6df0c01 are useless, since they are done after comparing t_self
with t_ctid. But because t_self can never be set to the magical values
that indicate that the tuple moved partition, this can never succeed: if
the first test fails (so we know t_self equals t_ctid), necessarily the
second test will also fail.
So these checks can be removed and no harm is done.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200929164411.GA15497@alvherre.pgsql
Most importantly, remove optimization in LogicalRepSyncTableStart that
skips the normal walrcv_startstreaming/endstreaming dance. The
optimization is not critically important for production uses anyway,
since it only fires in cases with no activity, and saves an
uninteresting amount of work even then. Critically, it obscures bugs by
hiding the interesting code path from test cases.
Also: in GetSubscriptionRelState, remove pointless relation open; access
pg_subscription_rel->srsubstate with GETSTRUCT as is typical rather than
SysCacheGetAttr; remove unused 'missing_ok' argument.
In wait_for_relation_state_change, use explicit catalog snapshot
invalidation rather than obscurely (and expensively) through
GetLatestSnapshot.
In various places: sprinkle comments more liberally and rewrite a number
of them. Other cosmetic code improvements.
No backpatch, since no bug is being fixed here.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelínek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201010190637.GA5774@alvherre.pgsql
The in-core equivalents can make use of built-in functions if the
compiler supports this option, making optimizations possible. 0ba99c8
replaced all existing calls in the code base at this time, but b0b39f7
(GSSAPI encryption) has forgotten to do the switch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201014055303.GG3349@paquier.xyz
A number of places were using appendStringInfo() when they could have been
using appendStringInfoString() instead. While there's no functionality
change there, it's just more efficient to use appendStringInfoString()
when no formatting is required. Likewise for some
appendStringInfoString() calls which were just appending a single char.
We can just use appendStringInfoChar() for that.
Additionally, many places were using appendPQExpBuffer() when they could
have used appendPQExpBufferStr(). Change those too.
Patch by Zhijie Hou, but further searching by me found significantly more
places that deserved the same treatment.
Author: Zhijie Hou, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cb172cf4361e4c7ba7167429070979d4@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
While registering for postmaster exit events, we have to handle a couple
of edge cases where the postmaster is already gone. Commit 815c2f09
missed one: EACCES must surely imply that PostmasterPid no longer
belongs to our postmaster process (or alternatively an unexpected
permissions model has been imposed on us). Like ESRCH, this should be
treated as a WL_POSTMASTER_DEATH event, rather than being raised with
ereport().
No known problems reported in the wild. Per code review from Tom Lane.
Back-patch to 13.
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3624029.1602701929%40sss.pgh.pa.us
during logical decoding.
Prior to commit c55040ccd0 we have no way of knowing the invalidations
before commit. So, while decoding we use to execute all the invalidations
at each command end as we had no way of knowing which invalidations
happened before that command. Due to this, transactions involving large
amounts of DDLs use to take more time and also lead to high CPU usage. But
now we know specific invalidations at each command end so we execute only
required invalidations.
It has been observed that decoding of a transaction containing truncation
of a table with 1000 partitions would be finished in 1s whereas before
this patch it used to take 4-5 minutes.
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Keisuke Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANDwggKYveEtXjXjqHA6RL3AKSHMsQyfRY6bK+NqhAWJyw8psQ@mail.gmail.com
I removed the duplicate command tags for START_REPLICATION inadvertently
in commit 07082b08cc, but the replication protocol requires them. The
fact that the replication protocol was broken was not noticed because
all our test cases use an optimized code path that exits early, failing
to verify that the behavior is correct for non-optimized cases. Put
them back.
Also document this protocol quirk.
Add a test case that shows the failure. It might still succeed even
without the patch when run on a fast enough server, but it suffices to
show the bug in enough cases that it would be noticed in buildfarm.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Henry Hinze <henry.hinze@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelínek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16643-eaadeb2a1a58d28c@postgresql.org
If WaitEventSetWait() reports that the postmaster has gone away, later
calls to WaitEventSetWait() should continue to report that. Otherwise
further waits that occur in the proc_exit() path after we already
noticed the postmaster's demise could block forever.
Back-patch to 13, where the kqueue support landed.
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3624029.1602701929%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Maintaining 'es_result_relation_info' correctly at all times has become
cumbersome, especially with partitioning where each partition gets its
own result relation info. Having to set and reset it across arbitrary
operations has caused bugs in the past.
This changes all the places that used 'es_result_relation_info', to
receive the currently active ResultRelInfo via function parameters
instead.
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
FDWs that can perform an UPDATE/DELETE remotely using the "direct modify"
set of APIs need to access the ResultRelInfo of the target table. That's
currently available in EState.es_result_relation_info, but the next
commit will remove that field.
This commit adds a new resultRelation field in ForeignScan, to store the
target relation's RT index, and the corresponding ResultRelInfo in
ForeignScanState. The FDW's PlanDirectModify callback is expected to set
'resultRelation' along with 'operation'. The core code doesn't need them
for anything, they are for the convenience of FDW's Begin- and
IterateDirectModify callbacks.
Authors: Amit Langote, Etsuro Fujita
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
Instead of allocating all the ResultRelInfos upfront in one big array,
allocate them in ExecInitModifyTable(). es_result_relations is now an
array of ResultRelInfo pointers, rather than an array of structs, and it
is indexed by the RT index.
This simplifies things: we get rid of the separate concept of a "result
rel index", and don't need to set it in setrefs.c anymore. This also
allows follow-up optimizations (not included in this commit yet) to skip
initializing ResultRelInfos for target relations that were not needed at
runtime, and removal of the es_result_relation_info pointer.
The EState arrays of regular result rels and root result rels are merged
into one array. Similarly, the resultRelations and rootResultRelations
lists in PlannedStmt are merged into one. It's not actually clear to me
why they were kept separate in the first place, but now that the
es_result_relations array is indexed by RT index, it certainly seems
pointless.
The PlannedStmt->resultRelations list is now only needed for
ExecRelationIsTargetRelation(). One visible effect of this change is that
ExecRelationIsTargetRelation() will now return 'true' also for the
partition root, if a partitioned table is updated. That seems like a good
thing, although the function isn't used in core code, and I don't see any
reason for an FDW to call it on a partition root.
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
gistRelocateBuildBuffersOnSplit did not get the memo about which
attribute count to use. This could lead to a crash if there were
included columns and buffering build was chosen. (Because there
are random page-split decisions elsewhere in GiST index build,
the crashes are not entirely deterministic.)
Back-patch to v12 where GiST gained support for included columns.
Pavel Borisov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALT9ZEECCV5m7wvxg46PC-7x-EybUmnpupBGhSFMoAAay+r6HQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 16fa9b2b3 broke the ability to reliably test GiST buffered builds,
because it caused sorted builds to be done instead if sortsupport is
available, regardless of any attempt to override that. While a would-be
test case could try to work around that by choosing an opclass that has
no sortsupport function, coverage would be silently lost the moment
someone decides it'd be a good idea to add a sortsupport function.
Hence, rearrange the logic in gistbuild() so that if "buffering = on"
is specified in CREATE INDEX, we will use that method, sortsupport or no.
Also document the interaction between sorting and the buffering
parameter, as 16fa9b2b3 failed to do.
(Note that in fact we still lack any test coverage of buffered builds,
but this is a prerequisite to adding a non-fragile test.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3249980.1602532990@sss.pgh.pa.us
The prohibitValueChange code paths in set_config_option(), which
are executed whenever we re-read a PGC_POSTMASTER variable from
postgresql.conf, neglected to free anything before exiting. Thus
we'd leak the proposed new value of a PGC_STRING variable, as noted
by BoChen in bug #16666. For all variable types, if the check hook
creates an "extra" chunk, we'd also leak that.
These are malloc not palloc chunks, so there is no mechanism for
recovering the leaks before process exit. Fortunately, the values
are typically not very large, meaning you'd have to go through an
awful lot of SIGHUP configuration-reload cycles to make the leakage
amount to anything. Still, for a long-lived postmaster process it
could potentially be a problem.
Oversight in commit 2594cf0e8. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16666-2c41a4eec61b03e1@postgresql.org
In the past, we always estimated that a ModifyTable node would emit the
same number of rows as its subpaths. Without a RETURNING clause, the
correct estimate is zero. Fix, in preparation for a proposed parallel
write patch that is sensitive to that number.
A remaining problem is that for RETURNING queries, the estimated width
is based on subpath output rather than the RETURNING tlist.
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow <gregn4422@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-cXnB5cnMKqWEp2E2z7Mvcd04iLVmV%3DqpFJrR3AcrTS3g%40mail.gmail.com
Up to now, only ECONNRESET (and EPIPE, in most but not quite all places)
received special treatment in our error handling logic. This patch
changes things so that related error codes such as ECONNABORTED are
also recognized as indicating that the connection's dead and unlikely
to come back.
We continue to think, however, that only ECONNRESET and EPIPE should be
reported as probable server crashes; the other cases indicate network
connectivity problems but prove little about the server's state. Thus,
there's no change in the error message texts that are output for such
cases. The key practical effect is that errcode_for_socket_access()
will report ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE rather than
ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR for a network failure. It's expected that this
will fix buildfarm member lorikeet's failures since commit 32a9c0bdf,
as that seems to be due to not treating ECONNABORTED equivalently to
ECONNRESET.
The set of errnos treated this way now includes ECONNABORTED, EHOSTDOWN,
EHOSTUNREACH, ENETDOWN, ENETRESET, and ENETUNREACH. Several of these
were second-class citizens in terms of their handling in places like
get_errno_symbol(), so upgrade the infrastructure where necessary.
As committed, this patch assumes that all these symbols are defined
everywhere. POSIX specifies all of them except EHOSTDOWN, but that
seems to exist on all platforms of interest; we'll see what the
buildfarm says about that.
Probably this should be back-patched, but let's see what the buildfarm
thinks of it first.
Fujii Masao and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2621622.1602184554@sss.pgh.pa.us
Multiply before dividing, not the reverse, so that cases that should
produce exact results do produce exact results. (width_bucket_float8
got this right already.) Even when the result is inexact, this avoids
making it more inexact, since only the division step introduces any
imprecision.
While at it, fix compute_bucket() to not uselessly repeat the sign
check already done by its caller, and avoid duplicating the
multiply/divide steps by adjusting variable usage.
Per complaint from Martin Visser. Although this seems like a bug fix,
I'm hesitant to risk changing width_bucket()'s results in stable
branches, so no back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6FA5117D-6AED-4656-8FEF-B74AC18FAD85@brytlyt.com
While the calculation is not well-defined if the bounds arguments are
infinite, there is a perfectly sane outcome if the test operand is
infinite: it's just like any other value that's before the first bucket
or after the last one. width_bucket_float8() got this right, but
I was too hasty about the case when adding infinities to numerics
(commit a57d312a7), so that width_bucket_numeric() just rejected it.
Fix that, and sync the relevant error message strings.
No back-patch needed, since infinities-in-numeric haven't shipped yet.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2465409.1602170063@sss.pgh.pa.us
This adds the statistics about transactions spilled to disk from
ReorderBuffer. Users can query the pg_stat_replication_slots view to check
these stats and call pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset the stats of
a particular slot. Users can pass NULL in pg_stat_reset_replication_slot
to reset stats of all the slots.
This commit extends the statistics collector to track this information
about slots.
Author: Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
It appears that commit cf63c641c, which intended to prevent
misoptimization of the result-building step in makeOrderedSetArgs,
didn't go far enough: buildfarm member hornet's version of xlc
is now optimizing back to the old, broken behavior in which
list_length(directargs) is fetched only after list_concat() has
changed that value. I'm not entirely convinced whether that's
an undeniable compiler bug or whether it can be justified by a
sufficiently aggressive interpretation of C sequence points.
So let's just change the code to make it harder to misinterpret.
Back-patch to all supported versions, just in case.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1830491.1601944935@sss.pgh.pa.us
The date-vs-timestamp, date-vs-timestamptz, and timestamp-vs-timestamptz
comparators all worked by promoting the first type to the second and
then doing a simple same-type comparison. This works fine, except
when the conversion result is out of range, in which case we throw an
entirely avoidable error. The sources of such failures are
(a) type date can represent dates much farther in the future than
the timestamp types can;
(b) timezone rotation might cause a just-in-range timestamp value to
become a just-out-of-range timestamptz value.
Up to now we just ignored these corner-case issues, but now we have
an actual user complaint (bug #16657 from Huss EL-Sheikh), so let's
do something about it.
It turns out that commit 52ad1e659 already built all the necessary
infrastructure to support error-free comparisons, but neglected to
actually use it in the main-line code paths. Fix that, do a little
bit of code style review, and remove the now-duplicate logic in
jsonpath_exec.c.
Back-patch to v13 where 52ad1e659 came in. We could take this back
further by back-patching said infrastructure, but given the small
number of complaints so far, I don't feel a great need to.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16657-cde2f876d8cc7971@postgresql.org
In logical replication when a subscriber is missing some columns, it
currently emits an error message that says "some" columns are missing, but
it doesn't specify the missing column names. Change that to display
missing column names which makes an error to be more informative to the
user.
We have decided not to backpatch this commit as this is a minor usability
improvement and no user has reported this.
Reported-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVkW-EXH_4pmBK8tNeHRz5ksUC4WddGactuCjPiBch-cg@mail.gmail.com
This patch prevents crashes or wrong plans when partition-wise joins
are considered during GEQO planning, as a consequence of the
EquivalenceClass data structures becoming corrupt after a GEQO
context reset.
A remaining problem is that successive GEQO cycles will make multiple
copies of the required EC members, since add_child_join_rel_equivalences
has no idea that such members might exist already. For now we'll just
live with that. The lack of field complaints of crashes suggests that
this is a mighty little-used situation.
Back-patch to v12 where this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1683100.1601860653@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since PG 12, clientcert no longer supported only on/off, so remove 1/0
as possible values, and instead support only the text strings
'verify-ca' and 'verify-full'.
Remove support for 'no-verify' since that is possible by just not
specifying clientcert.
Also, throw an error if 'verify-ca' is used and 'cert' authentication is
used, since cert authentication requires verify-full.
Also improve the docs.
THIS IS A BACKWARD INCOMPATIBLE API CHANGE.
Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200716.093012.1627751694396009053.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Backpatch-through: master
This should help to identify what happened when studying the postmaster
log after-the-fact.
While here, clean up some old comments in the same function.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1568983.1601845687@sss.pgh.pa.us
get_eclass_for_sort_expr() computes expr_relids and nullable_relids
early on, even though they won't be needed unless we make a new
EquivalenceClass, which we often don't. Aside from the probably-minor
inefficiency, there's a memory management problem: these bitmapsets will
be built in the caller's context, leading to dangling pointers if that
is shorter-lived than root->planner_cxt. This would be a live bug if
get_eclass_for_sort_expr() could be called with create_it = true during
GEQO join planning. So far as I can find, the core code never does
that, but it's hard to be sure that no extensions do, especially since
the comments make it clear that that's supposed to be a supported case.
Fix by not computing these values until we've switched into planner_cxt
to build the new EquivalenceClass.
generate_join_implied_equalities() uses inner_rel->relids to look up
relevant eclasses, but it ought to be using nominal_inner_relids.
This is presently harmless because a child RelOptInfo will always have
exactly the same eclass_indexes as its topmost parent; but that might
not be true forever, and anyway it makes the code confusing.
The first of these is old (introduced by me in f3b3b8d5b), so back-patch
to all supported branches. The second only dates to v13, but we might
as well back-patch it to keep the code looking similar across branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1508010.1601832581@sss.pgh.pa.us
Unlike for functions, OUT parameters for procedures are part of the
signature. Therefore, they have to be listed in pg_proc.proargtypes
as well as mentioned in ALTER PROCEDURE and DROP PROCEDURE.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2b8490fe-51af-e671-c504-47359dc453c5@2ndquadrant.com
The handling of those options was inconsistent, as the processing used
directly the value assigned to the option to check if it was redundant,
leading to patterns like this one to succeed (note that false is
specified first):
COPY hoge to '/path/to/file/' (header off, header on);
And the opposite would fail correctly (note that true is first here):
COPY hoge to '/path/to/file/' (header on, header off);
While on it, add some tests to check for all redundant patterns with the
options of COPY. I have gone through the code and did not notice
similar mistakes for other commands.
"header" got it wrong since b63990c, and "freeze" was wrong from the
start as of 8de72b6. No backpatch is done per the lack of complaints.
Reported-by: Rémi Lapeyre
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200929072433.GA15570@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0B55BD07-83E4-439F-AACC-FA2D7CF50532@lenstra.fr
The BKI file's string quoting conventions were previously quite weird,
perhaps as a result of repurposing a function built to scan
single-quoted strings to scan double-quoted ones. Change to use the
same rules as we use in GUC files, allowing some simplifications in
genbki.pl and initdb.c.
While at it, completely remove the backend's scanstr() function, which
was essentially a duplicate of the string dequoting code in guc-file.l.
Instead export that one (under a less generic name than it had) and let
bootscanner.l use it. Now we can clarify that scansup.c exists only to
support the main lexer. We could alternatively have removed GUC_scanstr,
but this way seems better since the previous arrangement could mislead
a reader into thinking that scanstr() had something to do with the main
lexer's handling of string literals. Maybe it did once, but if so it
was a long time ago.
This patch does not bump catversion, since the initially-installed
catalog contents don't change. Note however that successful initdb
after applying this patch will require up-to-date postgres.bki as well
as postgres and initdb executables.
In passing, remove a bunch of very-long-obsolete #include's in
bootparse.y and bootscanner.l.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCtDpd18T0KATTmCggO2GdVC4ow86ypiq5ENff1VnauL8g@mail.gmail.com
This view shows the statistics about WAL activity. Currently it has only
two columns: wal_buffers_full and stats_reset. wal_buffers_full column
indicates the number of times WAL data was written to the disk because
WAL buffers got full. This information is useful when tuning wal_buffers.
stats_reset column indicates the time at which these statistics were
last reset.
pg_stat_wal view is also the basic infrastructure to expose other
various statistics about WAL activity later.
Bump PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID due to the change in pgstat format.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Takayuki Tsunakawa, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Amit Kapila, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/188bd3f2d2233cf97753b5ced02bb050@oss.nttdata.com
Providing this information can be useful for example when diagnosing
problems related to recovery conflicts or for recovery issues without
having to go through the output generated by pg_waldump to get some
information about the blocks a WAL record works on.
The block information is printed in the same format as pg_waldump. This
already existed in xlog.c for debugging purposes with -DWAL_DEBUG, so
adding the block information in the callback has required just a small
refactoring.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c31e2cba-efda-762c-f4ad-5c25e5dac3d0@amazon.com
This is not strictly necessary, as the right-links are only needed by
scans that are concurrent with page splits, and neither scans or page
splits can happen during sorted index build. But it seems like a good
idea to set them anyway, if we e.g. want to add a check to amcheck in
the future to verify that the chain of right-links is complete.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/4D68C21F-9FB9-41DA-B663-FDFC8D143788%40yandex-team.ru
I (Andres) broke this in 623a9CA79bx, because I didn't think about the
way snapshots are built on standbys sufficiently. Unfortunately our
existing tests did not catch this, as they are all just querying with
psql (therefore ending up with fresh snapshots).
The fix is trivial, we just need to increment the transaction
completion counter in ExpireTreeKnownAssignedTransactionIds(), which
is the equivalent of ProcArrayEndTransaction() during recovery.
This commit also adds a new test doing some basic testing of the
correctness of snapshots built on standbys. To avoid the
aforementioned issue of one-shot psql's not exercising the snapshot
caching, the test uses a long lived psqls, similar to
013_crash_restart.pl. It'd be good to extend the test further.
Reported-By: Ian Barwick <ian.barwick@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Ian Barwick <ian.barwick@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/61291ffe-d611-f889-68b5-c298da9fb18f@2ndquadrant.com
The error message about columns in the primary key not including all of
the partition key was unclear; reword it.
Backpatch all the way to pg11, where it appeared.
Reported-by: Nagaraj Raj <nagaraj.sf@yahoo.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/64062533.78364.1601415362244@mail.yahoo.com
Previously, a conversion such as
to_date('-44-02-01','YYYY-MM-DD')
would result in '0045-02-01 BC', as the code attempted to interpret
the negative year as BC, but failed to apply the correction needed
for our internal handling of BC years. Fix the off-by-one problem.
Also, arrange for the combination of a negative year and an
explicit "BC" marker to cancel out and produce AD. This is how
the negative-century case works, so it seems sane to do likewise.
Continue to read "year 0000" as 1 BC. Oracle would throw an error,
but we've accepted that case for a long time so I'm hesitant to
change it in a back-patch.
Per bug #16419 from Saeed Hubaishan. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Dar Alathar-Yemen and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16419-d8d9db0a7553f01b@postgresql.org
Previously we threw an error. But make_date already allowed the case,
so it is inconsistent as well as unhelpful for make_timestamp not to.
Both functions continue to reject year zero.
Code and test fixes by Peter Eisentraut, doc changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13c0992c-f15a-a0ca-d839-91d3efd965d9@2ndquadrant.com
The SQL standard doesn't require jsonpath .datetime() method to support the
ISO 8601 format. But our to_json[b]() functions convert timestamps to text in
the ISO 8601 format in the sake of compatibility with javascript. So, we add
support of the ISO 8601 to the jsonpath .datetime() in the sake compatibility
with to_json[b]().
The standard mode of datetime parsing currently supports just template patterns
and separators in the format string. In order to implement ISO 8601, we have to
add support of the format string double quotes to the standard parsing mode.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/94321be0-cc96-1a81-b6df-796f437f7c66%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, revised by me
Backpatch-through: 13
bffe1bd684 has introduced jsonpath .datetime() method, but default formats
for time and timestamp contain excess space between time and timezone. This
commit removes this excess space making behavior of .datetime() method
standard-compliant.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/94321be0-cc96-1a81-b6df-796f437f7c66%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Backpatch-through: 13
Previously the standby server didn't archive timeline history files
streamed from the primary even when archive_mode is set to "always",
while it archives the streamed WAL files. This could cause the PITR to
fail because there was no required timeline history file in the archive.
The cause of this issue was that walreceiver didn't mark those files as
ready for archiving.
This commit makes walreceiver mark those streamed timeline history
files as ready for archiving if archive_mode=always. Then the archiver
process archives the marked timeline history files.
Back-patch to all supported versions.
Reported-by: Grigory Smolkin
Author: Grigory Smolkin, Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: David Zhang, Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/54b059d4-2b48-13a4-6f43-95a087c92367@postgrespro.ru
This addresses a couple of issues with the so-said subject:
- Report the correct parent relation with the index actually being
rebuilt or validated. Previously, the command status remained set to
the last index created for the progress of the index build and
validation, which would be incorrect when working on a table that has
more than one index.
- Use the correct phase when waiting before the drop of the old
indexes. Previously, this was reported with the same status as when
waiting before the old indexes are marked as dead.
Author: Matthias van de Meent, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WhqFgcwe1_tv=sFYhLWV2AdpfukumotJ6JNcAOQs3jufg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
We have a dozen or so places that need to iterate over all but the
first cell of a List. Prior to v13 this was typically written as
for_each_cell(lc, lnext(list_head(list)))
Commit 1cff1b95a changed these to
for_each_cell(lc, list, list_second_cell(list))
This patch introduces a new macro for_each_from() which expresses
the start point as a list index, allowing these to be written as
for_each_from(lc, list, 1)
This is marginally more efficient, since ForEachState.i can be
initialized directly instead of backing into it from a ListCell
address. It also seems clearer and less typo-prone.
Some of the remaining uses of for_each_cell() look like they could
profitably be changed to for_each_from(), but here I confined myself
to changing uses of list_second_cell().
Also, fix for_each_cell_setup() and for_both_cell_setup() to
const-ify their arguments; that's a simple oversight in 1cff1b95a.
Back-patch into v13, on the grounds that (1) the const-ification
is a minor bug fix, and (2) it's better for back-patching purposes
if we only have two ways to write these loops rather than three.
In HEAD, also remove list_third_cell() and list_fourth_cell(),
which were also introduced in 1cff1b95a, and are unused as of
cc99baa43. It seems unlikely that any third-party code would
have started to use them already; anyone who has can be directed
to list_nth_cell instead.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpo1zj9KhEpU2cCRZfSM3Q6XGdhzuAS2v79PH7WJBkYVA@mail.gmail.com
transformPartitionBoundValue went out of its way to do the wrong
thing: there is no reason to complain about a non-matching COLLATE
clause in a partition boundary expression. We're coercing the
bound expression to the target column type as though by an
implicit assignment, and the rules for implicit assignment say
that collations can be implicitly converted.
What we *do* need to do, and the code is not doing, is apply
assign_expr_collations() to the bound expression. While this is
merely a definition disagreement, that is a bug that needs to be
back-patched, so I'll commit it separately.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJV4CdrZ5mKuaEsRSbLf2URQ3h6iMtKD=hik8MaF5WwdmC9uZw@mail.gmail.com
SQL operations such as CURRENT_DATE, CURRENT_TIME, LOCALTIME, and
conversion of "now" in a datetime input string have to obtain the
transaction start timestamp ("now()") as a broken-down struct pg_tm.
This is a remarkably expensive conversion, and since now() does not
change intra-transaction, it doesn't really need to be done more than
once per transaction. Introducing a simple cache provides visible
speedups in queries that compute these values many times, for example
insertion of many rows that use a default value of CURRENT_DATE.
Peter Smith, with a bit of kibitzing by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+Pu89TWjq530V2gY5O6SWi=OEJMQ_VHMt8bdZB_9JFna5A@mail.gmail.com
When commit bd3daddaf introduced AlternativeSubPlans, I had some
ambitions towards allowing the choice of subplan to change during
execution. That has not happened, or even been thought about, in the
ensuing twelve years; so it seems like a failed experiment. So let's
rip that out and resolve the choice of subplan at the end of planning
(in setrefs.c) rather than during executor startup. This has a number
of positive benefits:
* Removal of a few hundred lines of executor code, since
AlternativeSubPlans need no longer be supported there.
* Removal of executor-startup overhead (particularly, initialization
of subplans that won't be used).
* Removal of incidental costs of having a larger plan tree, such as
tree-scanning and copying costs in the plancache; not to mention
setrefs.c's own costs of processing the discarded subplans.
* EXPLAIN no longer has to print a weird (and undocumented)
representation of an AlternativeSubPlan choice; it sees only the
subplan actually used. This should mean less confusion for users.
* Since setrefs.c knows which subexpression of a plan node it's
working on at any instant, it's possible to adjust the estimated
number of executions of the subplan based on that. For example,
we should usually estimate more executions of a qual expression
than a targetlist expression. The implementation used here is
pretty simplistic, because we don't want to expend a lot of cycles
on the issue; but it's better than ignoring the point entirely,
as the executor had to.
That last point might possibly result in shifting the choice
between hashed and non-hashed EXISTS subplans in a few cases,
but in general this patch isn't meant to change planner choices.
Since we're doing the resolution so late, it's really impossible
to change any plan choices outside the AlternativeSubPlan itself.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1992952.1592785225@sss.pgh.pa.us
This function leaked some memory while loading qual clauses for
an RLS policy. While ordinarily negligible, that could build up
in some repeated-reload cases, as reported by Konstantin Knizhnik.
We can improve matters by borrowing the coding long used in
RelationBuildRuleLock: build stringToNode's result directly in
the target context, and remember to explicitly pfree the
input string.
This patch by no means completely guarantees zero leaks within
this function, since we have no real guarantee that the catalog-
reading subroutines it calls don't leak anything. However,
practical tests suggest that this is enough to resolve the issue.
In any case, any remaining leaks are similar to those risked by
RelationBuildRuleLock and other relcache-loading subroutines.
If we need to fix them, we should adopt a more global approach
such as that used by the RECOVER_RELATION_BUILD_MEMORY hack.
While here, let's remove the need for an expensive PG_TRY block by
using MemoryContextSetParent to reparent an initially-short-lived
context for the RLS data.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21356c12-8917-8249-b35f-1c447231922b@postgrespro.ru
Commit 464824323e changed the logical replication protocol to allow the
streaming of in-progress transactions and used the new version of protocol
irrespective of the server version. Use the appropriate version of the
protocol based on the server version.
Reported-by: Ashutosh Sharma
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Sharma and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE9k0P=9OpXcNrcU5Gsvd5MZ8GFpiN833vNHzX6Uc=8+h1ft1Q@mail.gmail.com
Previously, we called fsync() after writing out individual pg_xact,
pg_multixact and pg_commit_ts pages due to cache pressure, leading to
regular I/O stalls in user backends and recovery. Collapse requests for
the same file into a single system call as part of the next checkpoint,
as we already did for relation files, using the infrastructure developed
by commit 3eb77eba. This can cause a significant improvement to
recovery performance, especially when it's otherwise CPU-bound.
Hoist ProcessSyncRequests() up into CheckPointGuts() to make it clearer
that it applies to all the SLRU mini-buffer-pools as well as the main
buffer pool. Rearrange things so that data collected in CheckpointStats
includes SLRU activity.
Also remove the Shutdown{CLOG,CommitTS,SUBTRANS,MultiXact}() functions,
because they were redundant after the shutdown checkpoint that
immediately precedes them. (I'm not sure if they were ever needed, but
they aren't now.)
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (parts)
Tested-by: Jakub Wartak <Jakub.Wartak@tomtom.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGLJ=84YT+NvhkEEDAuUtVHMfQ9i-N7k_o50JmQ6Rpj_OQ@mail.gmail.com
The previous coding was confused about whether head_timestamp was
intended to represent the timestamp for the newest bucket in the
mapping or the oldest timestamp for the oldest bucket in the mapping.
Decide that it's intended to be the oldest one, and repair
accordingly.
To do that, we need to do two things. First, when advancing to a
new bucket, don't categorically set head_timestamp to the new
timestamp. Do this only if we're blowing out the map completely
because a lot of time has passed since we last maintained it. If
we're replacing entries one by one, advance head_timestamp by
1 minute for each; if we're filling in unused entries, don't
advance head_timestamp at all.
Second, fix the computation of how many buckets we need to advance.
The previous formula would be correct if head_timestamp were the
timestamp for the new bucket, but we're now making all the code
agree that it's the timestamp for the oldest bucket, so adjust the
formula accordingly.
This is certainly a bug fix, but I don't feel good about
back-patching it without the introspection tools added by commit
aecf5ee2bb, and perhaps also some
actual tests. Since back-patching the introspection tools might
not attract sufficient support and since there are no automated
tests of these fixes yet, I'm just committing this to master for
now.
Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Hamid Akhtar.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY=aqf0zjTD+3dUWYkgMiNDegDLFjo+6ze=Wtpik+3XqA@mail.gmail.com
Existing code used various inconsistent ways to printf struct stat's
st_size member. The type of that is off_t, which is in most cases a
signed 64-bit integer, so use the long long int format for it.
This makes it possible for code outside snapmgr.c to examine the
contents of this data structure. This commit does not add any code
which actually does so; a subsequent commit will make that change.
Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Hamid Akhtar.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY=aqf0zjTD+3dUWYkgMiNDegDLFjo+6ze=Wtpik+3XqA@mail.gmail.com
Commit fbeb9da22, which added the tsearch_readline APIs, left
t_readline() in place as a compatibility measure. But that function
has been unused and deprecated for twelve years now, so that seems
like enough time to remove it. Doing so, and merging t_readline's
code into tsearch_readline, aids in making several useful
improvements:
* The hard-wired 4K limit on line length in tsearch data files is
removed, by using a StringInfo buffer instead of a fixed-size buffer.
* We can buy back the per-line palloc/pfree added by 3ea7e9550
in the common case where encoding conversion is not required.
* We no longer need a separate pg_verify_mbstr call, as that
functionality was folded into encoding conversion some time ago.
(We could have done some of this stuff while keeping t_readline as a
separate API, but there seems little point, since there's no reason
for anyone to still be using t_readline directly.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/48A4FA71-524E-41B9-953A-FD04EF36E2E7@yesql.se
Harmonize behavior by moving reponsibility for fsyncing directories down
into slru.c. In 10 and later, only the multixact directories were
missed (see commit 1b02be21), and in older branches all SLRUs were
missed.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLtsTUOScnNoSMZ-2ZLv%2BwGh01J6kAo_DM8mTRq1sKdSQ%40mail.gmail.com
We failed to pass down the query string to check_new_partition_bound,
so that its attempts to provide error cursor positions were for naught;
one must have the query string to get parser_errposition to do anything.
Adjust its API to require a ParseState to be passed down.
Also, improve the logic inside check_new_partition_bound so that the
cursor points at the partition bound for the specific column causing
the issue, when one can be identified.
That part is also for naught if we can't determine the query position of
the column with the problem. Improve transformPartitionBoundValue so
that it makes sure that const-simplified partition expressions will be
properly labeled with positions. In passing, skip calling evaluate_expr
if the value is already a Const, which is surely the most common case.
Alexandra Wang, Ashwin Agrawal, Amit Langote; reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACiyaSopZoqssfMzgHk6fAkp01cL6vnqBdmTw2C5_KJaFR_aMg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJV4CdrZ5mKuaEsRSbLf2URQ3h6iMtKD=hik8MaF5WwdmC9uZw@mail.gmail.com
tsearch_readline() saves the string pointer it returns to the caller
for possible use in the associated error context callback. However,
the caller will usually pfree that string sometime before it next
calls tsearch_readline(), so that there is a window where an ereport
will try to print an already-freed string.
The built-in users of tsearch_readline() happen to all do that pfree
at the bottoms of their loops, so that the window is effectively
empty for them. However, this is not documented as a requirement,
and contrib/dict_xsyn doesn't do it like that, so it seems likely
that third-party dictionaries might have live bugs here.
The practical consequences of this seem pretty limited in any case,
since production builds wouldn't clobber the freed string immediately,
besides which you'd not expect syntax errors in dictionary files
being used in production. Still, it's clearly a bug waiting to bite
somebody.
Fix by pstrdup'ing the string to be saved for the error callback,
and then pfree'ing it next time through. It's been like this for
a long time, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/48A4FA71-524E-41B9-953A-FD04EF36E2E7@yesql.se
The existing message about "a column definition list is only allowed for
functions returning "record"" could be given in some cases where it was
fairly confusing; in particular, a function with multiple OUT parameters
*does* return record according to pg_proc. Break it down into a couple
more cases to deliver a more on-point complaint. Per complaint from
Bruce Momjian.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/798909.1600562993@sss.pgh.pa.us
This completes the project of making all our derived files be
pgindent-clean (or else explicitly excluded from indentation),
so that no surprises result when running pgindent in a built-out
development tree.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/79ed5348-be7a-b647-dd40-742207186a22@2ndquadrant.com
Since we're bypassing the buffer manager, we need to call
PageSetChecksumInplace() directly. As reported by Justin Pryzby.
In the passing, add RelationOpenSmgr() calls before all smgrwrite() and
smgrextend() calls. Tom added one before the first smgrextend() call in
commit c2bb287025, which seems to be enough, but let's play it safe and
do it before each one. That's how it's done in the similar code in
nbtsort.c, too.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20200920224446.GF30557@telsasoft.com
It's no longer necessary to assign explicit precedences to GENERATED,
NULL_P, PRESERVE, or STRIP_P.
Actually, we don't need to assign precedence to IDENT either; that was
really just there to govern the behavior of target_el's "a_expr IDENT"
production, which no longer ends with that terminal. However, it seems
like a good idea to continue to do so, because it provides a reference
point for a precedence level that we can assign to other unreserved
keywords that lack a natural precedence level.
Research by Peter Eisentraut and John Naylor; comment rewrite by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38ca86db-42ab-9b48-2902-337a0d6b8311@2ndquadrant.com
Commit be0a6666 left behind a comment about the order of some tests that
didn't make sense without the expensive division, and in fact we might
as well change the order to one that fails more cheaply most of the time
as a micro-optimization. Also, remove the "+ 1" applied to max_bucket,
to drop an instruction and match the original behavior. Per review
from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR0701MB696044FC35013A96FECC7AC8F62D0%40VI1PR0701MB6960.eurprd07.prod.outlook.com
Since ancient times we have had support for a fill factor (maximum load
factor) to be set for a dynahash hash table, but:
1. It was an integer, whereas for in-memory hash tables interesting
load factor targets are probably somewhere near the 0.75-1.0 range.
2. It was implemented in a way that performed an expensive division
operation that regularly showed up in profiles.
3. We are not aware of anyone ever having used a non-default value.
Therefore, remove support, effectively fixing it at 1.
Author: Jakub Wartak <Jakub.Wartak@tomtom.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR0701MB696044FC35013A96FECC7AC8F62D0%40VI1PR0701MB6960.eurprd07.prod.outlook.com
Up to now, if you tried to omit "AS" before a column label in a SELECT
list, it would only work if the column label was an IDENT, that is not
any known keyword. This is rather unfriendly considering that we have
so many keywords and are constantly growing more. In the wake of commit
1ed6b8956 it's possible to improve matters quite a bit.
We'd originally tried to make this work by having some of the existing
keyword categories be allowed without AS, but that didn't work too well,
because each category contains a few special cases that don't work
without AS. Instead, invent an entirely orthogonal keyword property
"can be bare column label", and mark all keywords that way for which
we don't get shift/reduce errors by doing so.
It turns out that of our 450 current keywords, all but 39 can be made
bare column labels, improving the situation by over 90%. This number
might move around a little depending on future grammar work, but it's
a pretty nice improvement.
Mark Dilger, based on work by myself and Robert Haas;
review by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38ca86db-42ab-9b48-2902-337a0d6b8311@2ndquadrant.com
After commits 85f6b49c2c and 3ba59ccc89, we can allow parallel inserts
which was earlier not possible as parallel group members won't conflict
for relation extension and page lock. In those commits, we forgot to
update comments at few places.
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas and Dilip Kumar
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-tMrQh5FFMPx5aWJ+1gi1H6JxktEhq5mDwCHgnEO5oBkA@mail.gmail.com
This feature has been a thorn in our sides for a long time, causing
many grammatical ambiguity problems. It doesn't seem worth the
pain to continue to support it, so remove it.
There are some follow-on improvements we can make in the grammar,
but this commit only removes the bare minimum number of productions,
plus assorted backend support code.
Note that pg_dump and psql continue to have full support, since
they may be used against older servers. However, pg_dump warns
about postfix operators. There is also a check in pg_upgrade.
Documentation-wise, I (tgl) largely removed the "left unary"
terminology in favor of saying "prefix operator", which is
a more standard and IMO less confusing term.
I included a catversion bump, although no initial catalog data
changes here, to mark the boundary at which oprkind = 'r'
stopped being valid in pg_operator.
Mark Dilger, based on work by myself and Robert Haas;
review by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38ca86db-42ab-9b48-2902-337a0d6b8311@2ndquadrant.com
For parallel btree scan to work for array of scan keys, it should reach
BTPARALLEL_DONE state once for every distinct combination of array keys.
This is required to ensure that the parallel workers don't try to seize
blocks at the same time for different scan keys. We missed to update this
state when we discovered that the scan keys can't be satisfied.
Author: James Hunter
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Justin Pryzby
Backpatch-through: 10, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4248CABC-25E3-4809-B4D0-128E1BAABC3C@amazon.com
In the particular case of GRANTED BY, this is specified in the SQL
standard. Since in PostgreSQL, CURRENT_ROLE is equivalent to
CURRENT_USER, and CURRENT_USER is already supported here, adding
CURRENT_ROLE is trivial. The other cases are PostgreSQL extensions,
but for the same reason it also makes sense there.
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Asif Rehman <asifr.rehman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9%402ndquadrant.com
This adds a new optional support function to the GiST access method:
sortsupport. If it is defined, the GiST index is built by sorting all data
to the order defined by the sortsupport's comparator function, and packing
the tuples in that order to GiST pages. This is similar to how B-tree
index build works, and is much faster than inserting the tuples one by
one. The resulting index is smaller too, because the pages are packed more
tightly, upto 'fillfactor'. The normal build method works by splitting
pages, which tends to lead to more wasted space.
The quality of the resulting index depends on how good the opclass-defined
sort order is. A good order preserves locality of the input data.
As the first user of this facility, add 'sortsupport' function to the
point_ops opclass. It sorts the points in Z-order (aka Morton Code), by
interleaving the bits of the X and Y coordinates.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1A36620E-CAD8-4267-9067-FB31385E7C0D%40yandex-team.ru
Because the code path taken for SQL commands executed in a walsender
will update the process title, we pretty much have to update the
title for replication commands as well. Otherwise, the title shows
"idle" for the rest of a logical walsender's lifetime once it's
executed any SQL command.
Playing with this, I confirm that a walsender now typically spends
most of its life reporting
walsender postgres [local] START_REPLICATION
Considering this in isolation, it might be better to have it say
walsender postgres [local] sending replication data
However, consistency with the other cases seems to be a stronger
argument.
In passing, remove duplicative pgstat_report_activity call.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/880181.1600026471@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since commit fd5942c18f (2012, 9.3-era), walsender has been sending
completion tags for certain replication commands twice -- and they're
not even consistent. Apparently neither libpq nor JDBC have a problem
with it, but it's not kosher. Fix by remove the EndCommand() call in
the common code path for them all, and inserting specific calls to
EndReplicationCommand() specifically in those places where it's needed.
EndReplicationCommand() is a new simple function to send the completion
tag for replication commands. Do this instead of sending a generic
SELECT completion tag for them all, which was also pretty bogus (if
innocuous). While at it, change StartReplication() to use
EndReplicationCommand() instead of pg_puttextmessage().
In commit 2f9661311b, I failed to realize that replication commands
are not close-enough kin of regular SQL commands, so the
DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT tag I added is undeserved and a type pun. Take it
out.
Backpatch to 13, where the latter commit appeared. The duplicate tag
has been sent since 9.3, but since nothing is broken, it doesn't seem
worth fixing.
Per complaints from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1347966.1600195735@sss.pgh.pa.us
We decided that the policy established in commit 7634bd4f6 for
the bgwriter, checkpointer, walwriter, and walreceiver processes,
namely that they should accept SIGQUIT at all times, really ought
to apply uniformly to all postmaster children. Therefore, get
rid of the duplicative and inconsistent per-process code for
establishing that signal handler and removing SIGQUIT from BlockSig.
Instead, make InitPostmasterChild do it.
The handler set up by InitPostmasterChild is SignalHandlerForCrashExit,
which just summarily does _exit(2). In interactive backends, we
almost immediately replace that with quickdie, since we would prefer
to try to tell the client that we're dying. However, this patch is
changing the behavior of autovacuum (both launcher and workers), as
well as walsenders. Those processes formerly also used quickdie,
but AFAICS that was just mindless copy-and-paste: they don't have
any interactive client that's likely to benefit from being told this.
The stats collector continues to be an outlier, in that it thinks
SIGQUIT means normal exit. That should probably be changed for
consistency, but there's another patch set where that's being
dealt with, so I didn't do so here.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/644875.1599933441@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since there is only one place that actually needs the partition check
expression, namely ExecPartitionCheck, it's better to fetch it from
the relcache there. In this way we will never fetch it at all if
the query never has use for it, and we still fetch it just once when
we do need it.
The reason for taking an interest in this is that if the relcache
doesn't already have the check expression cached, fetching it
requires obtaining AccessShareLock on the partition root. That
means that operations that look like they should only touch the
partition itself will also take a lock on the root. In particular
we observed that TRUNCATE on a partition may take a lock on the
partition's root, contributing to a deadlock situation in parallel
pg_restore.
As written, this patch does have a small cost, which is that we
are microscopically reducing efficiency for the case where a partition
has an empty check expression. ExecPartitionCheck will be called,
and will go through the motions of setting up and checking an empty
qual, where before it would not have been called at all. We could
avoid that by adding a separate boolean flag to track whether there
is a partition expression to test. However, this case only arises
for a default partition with no siblings, which surely is not an
interesting case in practice. Hence adding complexity for it
does not seem like a good trade-off.
Amit Langote, per a suggestion by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR03MB31670CA1BD9625C3A8C5DD05EB230@VI1PR03MB3167.eurprd03.prod.outlook.com
If a partitioned table's column is already marked NOT NULL, there is
no need to examine its partitions, because we can rely on previous
DDL to have enforced that the child columns are NOT NULL as well.
(Unfortunately, the same cannot be said for traditional inheritance,
so for now we have to restrict the optimization to partitioned tables.)
Hence, we may skip recursing to child tables in this situation.
The reason this case is worth worrying about is that when pg_dump dumps
a partitioned table having a primary key, it will include the requisite
NOT NULL markings in the CREATE TABLE commands, and then add the
primary key as a separate step. The primary key addition generates a
SET NOT NULL as a subcommand, just to be sure. So the situation where
a SET NOT NULL is redundant does arise in the real world.
Skipping the recursion does more than just save a few cycles: it means
that a command such as "ALTER TABLE ONLY partition_parent ADD PRIMARY
KEY" will take locks only on the partition parent table, not on the
partitions. It turns out that parallel pg_restore is effectively
assuming that that's true, and has little choice but to do so because
the dependencies listed for such a TOC entry don't include the
partitions. pg_restore could thus issue this ALTER while data restores
on the partitions are still in progress. Taking unnecessary locks on
the partitions not only hurts concurrency, but can lead to actual
deadlock failures, as reported by Domagoj Smoljanovic.
(A contributing factor in the deadlock is that TRUNCATE on a child
partition wants a non-exclusive lock on the parent. This seems
likewise unnecessary, but the fix for it is more invasive so we
won't consider back-patching it. Fortunately, getting rid of one
of these two poor behaviors is enough to remove the deadlock.)
Although support for partitioned primary keys came in with v11,
this patch is dependent on the SET NOT NULL refactoring done by
commit f4a3fdfbd, so we can only patch back to v12.
Patch by me; thanks to Alvaro Herrera and Amit Langote for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR03MB31670CA1BD9625C3A8C5DD05EB230@VI1PR03MB3167.eurprd03.prod.outlook.com
The code recorded cache invalidation events by zeroing the "localreloid"
field of affected cache entries. However, it's possible for an inval
event to occur even while we have the entry open and locked. So an
ill-timed inval could result in "cache lookup failed for relation 0"
errors, if the worker's code tried to use the cleared field. We can
fix that by creating a separate bool field to record whether the entry
needs to be revalidated. (In the back branches, cram the bool into
what had been padding space, to avoid an ABI break in the somewhat
unlikely event that any extension is looking at this struct.)
Also, rearrange the logic in logicalrep_rel_open so that it
does the right thing in cases where table_open would fail.
We should retry the lookup by name in that case, but we didn't.
The real-world impact of this is probably small. In the first place,
the error conditions are very low probability, and in the second place,
the worker would just exit and get restarted. We only noticed because
in a CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS build, the failure can occur repeatedly,
preventing the worker from making progress. Nonetheless, it's clearly
a bug, and it impedes a useful type of testing; so back-patch to v10
where this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1032727.1600096803@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, it was based on nBlocksAllocated to account for tapes with
open write buffers that may not have made it to the BufFile yet.
That was unnecessary, because callers do not need to get the number of
blocks while a tape has an open write buffer; and it also conflicted
with the preallocation logic added for HashAgg.
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ce5af05900fdbd0e9185747825a7423c48501964.camel@j-davis.com
Backpatch-through: 13
In commit 464824323e, for each RelationSyncEntry we maintained the list
of xids (streamed_txns) for which we have already sent the schema. This
helps us to track when to send the schema to the downstream node for
replication of streaming transactions. Before this list got initialized,
we were processing invalidation messages which access this list and led
to an assertion failure.
In passing, clean up the nearby code:
* Initialize the list of xids with NIL instead of NULL which is our usual
coding practice.
* Remove the MemoryContext switch for creating a RelationSyncEntry in dynahash.
Diagnosed-by: Amit Kapila and Tom Lane
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/904373.1600033123@sss.pgh.pa.us
This function could often be seen in profiles of vacuum and could often
be a significant bottleneck during recovery. The problem was that a qsort
was performed in order to sort an array of item pointers in reverse offset
order so that we could use that to safely move tuples up to the end of the
page without overwriting the memory of yet-to-be-moved tuples. i.e. we
used to compact the page starting at the back of the page and move towards
the front. The qsort that this required could be expensive for pages with
a large number of tuples.
In this commit, we take another approach to tuple compactification.
Now, instead of sorting the remaining item pointers array we first check
if the array is presorted and only memmove() the tuples that need to be
moved. This presorted check can be done very cheaply in the calling
functions when the array is being populated. This presorted case is very
fast.
When the item pointer array is not presorted we must copy tuples that need
to be moved into a temp buffer before copying them back into the page
again. This differs from what we used to do here as we're now copying the
tuples back into the page in reverse line pointer order. Previously we
left the existing order alone. Reordering the tuples results in an
increased likelihood of hitting the pre-sorted case the next time around.
Any newly added tuple which consumes a new line pointer will also maintain
the correct sort order of tuples in the page which will also result in the
presorted case being hit the next time. Only consuming an unused line
pointer can cause the order of tuples to go out again, but that will be
corrected next time the function is called for the page.
Benchmarks have shown that the non-presorted case is at least equally as
fast as the original qsort method even when the page just has a few
tuples. As the number of tuples becomes larger the new method maintains
its performance whereas the original qsort method became much slower when
the number of tuples on the page became large.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Tested-by: Jakub Wartak
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGKMQFVpjr106gRhwk6R-nXv0qOcTreZuQzxgpHESAL6dw@mail.gmail.com
ALTER TABLE commands in an extension script are added to an event
trigger command list; but starting with commit b5810de3f4 they do so in
a memory context that's too short-lived, so when execution ends and time
comes to use the entries, they've already been freed.
(This would also be a problem with ALTER TABLE commands in a
multi-command query string, but these serendipitously end in
PortalContext -- which probably explains why it took so long for this to
be reported.)
Fix by using the memory context specifically set for that, instead.
Backpatch to 13, where the aforementioned commit appeared.
Reported-by: Philippe Beaudoin
Author: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200902193715.6e0269d4@firost
Introduced in 0aa8f7640.
MSVC warned about performing 32-bit bit shifting when it appeared like we
might like a 64-bit result. We did, but it just so happened that none of
the calls to this function could have caused the 32-bit shift to overflow.
Here we just cast the constant to int64 to make the compiler happy.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvofA_vsrpC13mq_hZyuye5B-ssKEaer04OouXYCO5-uXQ@mail.gmail.com
A walsender process that has executed a SQL command left the text of
that command in pg_stat_activity.query indefinitely, which is quite
confusing if it's in RUNNING state but not doing that query. An easy
and useful fix is to treat replication commands as if they were SQL
queries, and show them in pg_stat_activity according to the same rules
as for regular queries. While we're at it, it seems also sensible to
set debug_query_string, allowing error logging and debugging to see
the replication command.
While here, clean up assorted silliness in exec_replication_command:
* The SQLCmd path failed to restore CurrentMemoryContext to the caller's
value, and failed to delete the temp context created in this routine.
It's only through great good fortune that these oversights did not
result in long-term memory leaks or other problems. It seems cleaner
to code SQLCmd as a separate early-exit path, so do it like that.
* Remove useless duplicate call of SnapBuildClearExportedSnapshot().
* replication_scanner_finish() was never called.
None of those things are significant enough to merit a backpatch,
so this is for HEAD only.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/880181.1600026471@sss.pgh.pa.us
3c84046 is the original commit that introduced index_set_state_flags(),
where the presence of SnapshotNow made necessary the use of an in-place
update. SnapshotNow has been removed in 813fb03, so there is no actual
reasons to not make this operation transactional.
Note that while making the operation more robust, using a transactional
operation in this routine was not strictly necessary as there was no use
case for it yet. However, some future features are going to need a
transactional behavior, like support for CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY
with partitioned tables, where indexes in a partition tree need to have
all their pg_index.indis* flags updated in the same transaction to make
the operation stable to the end-user by keeping partition trees
consistent, even with a failure mid-flight.
REINDEX CONCURRENTLY uses already transactional updates when swapping
the old and new indexes, making this change more consistent with the
index-swapping logic.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200903080440.GA8559@paquier.xyz
transformCreateStmt() adjusts the transformed statement's RangeVar
to specify the target schema explicitly, for the express reason
of making sure that auxiliary statements derived by parse
transformation operate on the right table. But the refactoring
I did in commit 502898192 got this wrong and passed the untransformed
RangeVar to expandTableLikeClause(). This could lead to assertion
failures or weird misbehavior if the wrong table was accessed.
Per report from Alexander Lakhin. Like the previous patch, back-patch
to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05051f9d-b32b-cb35-6735-0e9f2ab86b5f@gmail.com
We use the timestamp of the global statfile if we are not able to
determine it for a particular database in case the entry for that database
doesn't exist. However, we were using it even when the statfile is
corrupt.
As there is no user reported issue and it is not clear if there is any
impact of this on actual application so decided not to backpatch.
Reported-by: Amit Kapila
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Magnus Hagander and Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1J3oTJKyVq6v7K4d3jD+vtnruG9fHRib6UuWWsrwAR6Aw@mail.gmail.com
The bgwriter, checkpointer, walwriter, and walreceiver processes
claimed to allow SIGQUIT "at all times". In reality SIGQUIT
would get re-blocked during error recovery, because we didn't
update the actual signal mask immediately, so sigsetjmp() would
save and reinstate a mask that includes SIGQUIT.
This appears to be simply a coding oversight. There's never a
good reason to hold off SIGQUIT in these processes, because it's
going to just call _exit(2) which should be safe enough, especially
since the postmaster is going to tear down shared memory afterwards.
Hence, stick in PG_SETMASK() calls to install the modified BlockSig
mask immediately.
Also try to improve the comments around sigsetjmp blocks. Most of
them were just referencing postgres.c, which is misleading because
actually postgres.c manages the signals differently.
No back-patch, since there's no evidence that this is causing any
problems in the field.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm1d1hHPZUg3xU4XjtWBOLCrA+-2cJcLpw-cePZ=GgDVfA@mail.gmail.com
Currently, no useful trace is left in the logs when the postmaster
is forced to use SIGKILL to shut down children that failed to respond
to SIGQUIT. Some questions were raised about how often that scenario
happens in the buildfarm, so let's add a LOG-level message showing
that it happened.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1850884.1599601164@sss.pgh.pa.us
Although 58c6feccf fixed the case for SIGQUIT, we were still calling
proc_exit() from signal handlers for SIGTERM and timeout failures in
ProcessStartupPacket. Fortunately, at the point where that code runs,
we haven't yet connected to shared memory in any meaningful way, so
there is nothing we need to undo in shared memory. This means it
should be safe to use _exit(1) here, ie, not run any atexit handlers
but also inform the postmaster that it's not a crash exit.
To make sure nobody breaks the "nothing to undo" expectation, add
a cross-check that no on-shmem-exit or before-shmem-exit handlers
have been registered yet when we finish using these signal handlers.
This change is simple enough that maybe it could be back-patched,
but I won't risk that right now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1850884.1599601164@sss.pgh.pa.us
Bring the signal handling for startup-packet collection into line
with the policy established in commits bedadc732 and 8e19a8264,
namely don't risk running atexit callbacks when handling SIGQUIT.
Ideally, we'd not do so for SIGTERM or timeout interrupts either,
but that change seems a bit too risky for the back branches.
For now, just improve the comments in this area to describe the risk.
Also relocate where BackendInitialize re-disables these interrupts,
to minimize the code span where they're active. This doesn't buy
a whole lot of safety, but it can't hurt.
In passing, rename startup_die() to remove confusion about whether
it is for the startup process.
Like the previous commits, back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1850884.1599601164@sss.pgh.pa.us
Move applicable code out of RelationBuildDesc(), which nailed relations
bypass. Non-assert builds experienced no known problems. Back-patch to
v13, where commit c6b92041d3 introduced
rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid.
Kyotaro Horiguchi. Reported by Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200907023737.GA7158@telsasoft.com
Commit 8e19a8264 changed the SIGQUIT handlers of almost all server
processes not to run atexit callbacks. The archiver process was
skipped, perhaps because it's not connected to shared memory; but
it's just as true here that running atexit callbacks in a signal
handler is unsafe. So let's make it work like the rest.
In HEAD and v13, we can use the common SignalHandlerForCrashExit
handler. Before that, just tweak pgarch_exit to use _exit(2)
explicitly.
Like the previous commit, back-patch to all supported branches.
Kyotaro Horiguchi, back-patching by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1850884.1599601164@sss.pgh.pa.us
Partitioning tuple route code assumes that the partition chosen while
descending the partition hierarchy is always the correct one. This is
true except when the partition is the default partition and another
partition has been added concurrently: the partition constraint changes
and we don't recheck it. This can lead to tuples mistakenly being added
to the default partition that should have been rejected.
Fix by rechecking the default partition constraint while descending the
hierarchy.
An isolation test based on the reproduction steps described by Hao Wu
(with tweaks for extra coverage) is included.
Backpatch to 12, where this bug came in with 898e5e3290.
Reported by: Hao Wu <hawu@vmware.com>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFqBmcSSap4sFnCBUEL_VfOMmEKaQ3gwUhyfa4c7J_-nA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DM5PR0501MB3910E97A9EDFB4C775CF3D75A42F0@DM5PR0501MB3910.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
Historically, cancel_before_shmem_exit() just silently did nothing
if the specified callback wasn't the top-of-stack. The folly of
ignoring this case was exposed by the bugs fixed in 303640199 and
bab150045, so let's make it throw elog(ERROR) instead.
There is a decent argument to be made that PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP
should use some separate infrastructure, so it wouldn't break if
something inside the guarded code decides to register a new
before_shmem_exit callback. However, a survey of the surviving
uses of before_shmem_exit() and PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP doesn't
show any plausible conflicts of that sort today, so for now we'll
forgo the extra complexity. (It will almost certainly become
necessary if anyone ever wants to wrap PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP
around arbitrary user-defined actions, though.)
No backpatch, since this is developer support not a production issue.
Bharath Rupireddy, per advice from Andres Freund, Robert Haas, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWk7j4F2v2fxxYfrroOF=AdFNPr1WsV+AGtHAFQOqm_pw@mail.gmail.com
The problem is caused by me (Andres) having ProcSleep() look at the
wrong PGPROC entry in 5788e258bb.
Unfortunately it seems hard to write a reliable test for autovacuum
cancellations. Perhaps somebody will come up with a good approach, but
it seems worth fixing the issue even without a test.
Reported-By: Jeff Janes <jeff.janes@gmail.com>
Author: Jeff Janes <jeff.janes@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1wH2aUy+wDRDz+5RZALdcUnEofV1t9PzXS_gBJO9vZZ0Q@mail.gmail.com
This essentially reverts a micro-optimization I made years ago,
as part of the much larger commit d72f6c750. It's doubtful
that there was any hard evidence for it being helpful even then,
and the case is even more dubious now that modern compilers
are so much smarter about inlining memset().
The proximate reason for undoing it is to get rid of the type punning
inherent in MemSet, for fear that that may cause problems now that
we're applying additional optimization switches to numeric.c.
At the very least this'll silence some warnings from a few old
buildfarm animals.
(It's probably past time for another look at whether MemSet is still
worth anything at all, but I do not propose to tackle that question
right now.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9evtA_vBo+WMYMyT-u=keHX7-r8p2w7OSRfXf42LTwCZQ@mail.gmail.com
Until now, REINDEX was not able to work with partitioned tables and
indexes, forcing users to reindex partitions one by one. This extends
REINDEX INDEX and REINDEX TABLE so as they can accept a partitioned
index and table in input, respectively, to reindex all the partitions
assigned to them with physical storage (foreign tables, partitioned
tables and indexes are then discarded).
This shares some logic with schema and database REINDEX as each
partition gets processed in its own transaction after building a list of
relations to work on. This choice has the advantage to minimize the
number of invalid indexes to one partition with REINDEX CONCURRENTLY in
the event a cancellation or failure in-flight, as the only indexes
handled at once in a single REINDEX CONCURRENTLY loop are the ones from
the partition being working on.
Isolation tests are added to emulate some cases I bumped into while
developing this feature, particularly with the concurrent drop of a
leaf partition reindexed. However, this is rather limited as LOCK would
cause REINDEX to block in the first transaction building the list of
partitions.
Per its multi-transaction nature, this new flavor cannot run in a
transaction block, similarly to REINDEX SCHEMA, SYSTEM and DATABASE.
Author: Justin Pryzby, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/db12e897-73ff-467e-94cb-4af03705435f.adger.lj@alibaba-inc.com
Tomas Vondra observed that the IO behavior for HashAgg tends to be
worse than for Sort. Penalize HashAgg IO costs accordingly.
Also, account for the CPU effort of spilling the tuples and reading
them back.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200906212112.nzoy5ytrzjjodpfh@development
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13
Experimentation shows that clang will auto-vectorize the critical
multiplication loop if the termination condition is written "i2 < limit"
rather than "i2 <= limit". This seems unbelievably stupid, but I've
reproduced it on both clang 9.0.1 (RHEL8) and 11.0.3 (macOS Catalina).
gcc doesn't care, so tweak the code to do it that way.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9evtA_vBo+WMYMyT-u=keHX7-r8p2w7OSRfXf42LTwCZQ@mail.gmail.com
Some kernels can tell us the type of a "dirent", so we can avoid a call
to stat() or lstat() in many cases. Define a new function
get_dirent_type() to contain that logic, for use by the backend and
frontend versions of walkdir(), and perhaps other callers in future.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Juan José Santamaría Flecha <juanjo.santamaria@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BFzxupGGN4GpUdbzZN%2Btn6FQPHo8w0Q%2BAPH5Wz8RG%2Bww%40mail.gmail.com
